{"title":"Croots Shooting Bags, Cartridge Bags \u0026 Country Accessories | Bamfords Online","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCroots Shooting Bags, Cartridge Bags \u0026amp; Country Accessories at Bamfords Online\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore premium Croots shooting bags, cartridge bags, and country accessories at Bamfords Online. Croots is one of the UK’s most respected country sports brands, renowned for exceptional British craftsmanship, premium materials, and traditional shooting style. Handmade in England, Croots products are trusted by hunters, clay shooters, gamekeepers, and countryside enthusiasts for their durability, practicality, and timeless field-sport design.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur Croots collection includes luxury cartridge bags, game bags, leather shooting accessories, canvas field bags, and premium country sports luggage designed for hunting, clay shooting, game shooting, and outdoor use. Combining traditional craftsmanship with practical functionality, Croots products are built to perform reliably in demanding countryside conditions while maintaining classic British country styling.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAt Bamfords Online and Bamford Guns, we proudly stock trusted country sports brands including Croots, known for producing high-quality shooting luggage and premium outdoor accessories for field sports enthusiasts throughout the UK. Croots products are popular among shooters and countryside users thanks to their handcrafted leather finishes, durable canvas construction, and attention to detail.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhether you are looking for a traditional game bag, premium cartridge bag, luxury shooting accessory, or dependable field luggage for countryside activities, our Croots range offers products designed for both practicality and long-lasting performance. Ideal for shooting days, gamekeeping, hunting trips, and country living, Croots products continue to be a leading choice within the shooting and outdoor community.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrowse our full range of Croots shooting bags, cartridge bags, country accessories, and outdoor field gear today at Bamfords Online. With competitive prices, fast UK delivery, and expert support from Bamford Guns, we make it easy to find premium country sports equipment and trusted shooting accessories for life in the field.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"yeti-ice-block-1-8kg","title":"YETI Ice Block 900G","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"25\" data-end=\"326\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe YETI ICE Block 900g is a reusable ice pack designed to keep your cooler colder for longer. Engineered to freeze quickly and deliver long-lasting cooling performance, it's the perfect addition to YETI cool boxes and soft coolers for camping, fishing, shooting trips and everyday outdoor adventures.\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"328\" data-end=\"585\"\u003eBuilt with a durable, impact-resistant shell, the YETI ICE Block is made to withstand repeated use without leaking or cracking. Its compact design helps maximise cooler space while providing reliable, mess-free cooling that's more convenient than loose ice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"587\" data-end=\"600\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"601\" data-end=\"919\" data-is-last-node=\"\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"zq8ox7\" data-start=\"601\" data-end=\"626\"\u003e900g reusable ice block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"lvh6ub\" data-start=\"627\" data-end=\"674\"\u003eDesigned for YETI cool boxes and soft coolers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"x5jeqa\" data-start=\"675\" data-end=\"709\"\u003eLong-lasting cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"wz3rce\" data-start=\"710\" data-end=\"750\"\u003eDurable, impact-resistant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"rccsbq\" data-start=\"751\" data-end=\"780\"\u003eReusable and easy to freeze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"28qhbx\" data-start=\"781\" data-end=\"820\"\u003eCompact design maximises cooler space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1n12ldk\" data-start=\"821\" data-end=\"857\"\u003eMess-free alternative to loose ice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ncupp8\" data-start=\"858\" data-end=\"919\" data-is-last-node=\"\"\u003eIdeal for camping, fishing, shooting and outdoor adventures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"YETI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57483542954358,"sku":null,"price":20.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/900gIce.webp?v=1784714425"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-4x32-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 4x32 Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact fixed-magnification rifle scope designed for shooters looking for a simple, dependable sighting setup at an affordable price. Its fixed 4x magnification provides a clear sight picture without the need to adjust magnification, making it particularly well suited to air rifle shooting and general target use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 32mm objective keeps the scope compact, while Hawke's classic Mil Dot reticle provides multiple aim points for hold-over and hold-under. A second focal plane optical system, capped resettable turrets and 1\/4 MOA adjustments provide a straightforward setup for shooters who don't need variable magnification, adjustable parallax or illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFixed 4x magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e32mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 yards \/ 91m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5ft at 100 yards \/ 10m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.31in \/ 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.6in \/ 295mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5oz \/ 410g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 4X32 RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 is a good choice if you want a straightforward scope without variable magnification, adjustable parallax or illumination. Fixed 4x magnification makes it particularly suitable for general air rifle shooting, plinking and target shooting at typical ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe 32mm objective also keeps the overall scope relatively compact. If you want the ability to change magnification, the Fast Mount 3-9x40 is the logical next step. Choose one of the AO models if adjustable parallax is important, or an AO IR model if you also want an illuminated reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e3-9x versatility combined with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with an illuminated reticle\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGreater magnification while retaining a useful lower 3x setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its fixed 4x magnification and straightforward design make it well suited to general air rifle shooting, plinking and target use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 4x32 mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope has fixed 4x magnification and a 32mm objective lens. Unlike a variable-magnification scope, the magnification remains at 4x.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Fast Mount 4x32 and 3-9x40?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The 4x32 has fixed 4x magnification and a 32mm objective. The 3-9x40 allows magnification to be adjusted between 3x and 9x and has a larger 40mm objective, making it the more versatile option if you want variable power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 have adjustable parallax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. Parallax is fixed at 100 yards \/ 91 metres. Choose one of the Fast Mount AO models if you require adjustable objective parallax correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 have an illuminated reticle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model uses a non-illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The Fast Mount AO IR models add red and green reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Fast Mount 4x32 uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the click adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The elevation and windage adjustments use 1\/4 MOA clicks and capped, resettable turrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 4x32 covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57797152244086,"sku":"HAWKE-11301","price":42.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11301.jpg?v=1778661531"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-9x40-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile variable-magnification rifle scope designed for everyday air rifle and general shooting. With a useful 3-9x magnification range, it gives you a wider field of view at lower magnification while allowing you to increase magnification when a more detailed sight picture is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40mm objective provides a good balance between light transmission, size and weight, making the 3-9x40 a practical step up from the fixed 4x32 without becoming unnecessarily large. Hawke's classic Mil Dot reticle provides multiple aim points for hold-over and hold-under, while capped resettable turrets and a fast-focus setup keep operation straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-9x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 yards \/ 91m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39-12.7ft at 100 yards \/ 13-4.2m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.4°-2.4°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.3-4.4mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.4in \/ 315mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.5oz \/ 497g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-9X40 RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 is a strong all-round choice if you want more flexibility than a fixed-power scope without needing adjustable parallax or illumination. The 3-9x magnification range covers a wide variety of typical air rifle and target shooting situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the Fast Mount 4x32, you gain variable magnification and a larger 40mm objective. If you want adjustable parallax, consider the 3-9x40 AO. If you prefer a larger 50mm objective or additional features such as an illuminated reticle, there are several 50mm models further up the Fast Mount range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, lightweight general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e3-9x versatility combined with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with an illuminated reticle\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGreater magnification while retaining a useful lower 3x setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available with a choice of \u003cstrong\u003eDovetail or Weaver mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke is known for backing its optical products with long-term warranty support. The warranty is subject to Hawke's terms and conditions, so please refer to Hawke's current warranty information for full coverage details and any exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its 3-9x variable magnification makes it a versatile option for general air rifle shooting and target use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 3-9x40 mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope can be adjusted between 3x and 9x magnification and uses a 40mm objective lens. This gives you more flexibility than a fixed-magnification scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Fast Mount 3-9x40 and 4x32?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The 4x32 has fixed 4x magnification and a smaller 32mm objective. The 3-9x40 allows you to vary magnification between 3x and 9x and has a larger 40mm objective, making it the more versatile of the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x40 and 3-9x40 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both offer a 3-9x magnification range and 40mm objective. The AO model additionally provides adjustable objective parallax adjustment, while this model has fixed parallax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat distance is the parallax fixed at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 has fixed parallax at 100 yards \/ 91 metres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 come with mounts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. This scope is available with a choice of Dovetail or Weaver mounts. Select the required option when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 have an illuminated reticle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model uses a standard Mil Dot reticle without illumination. If you want illumination, consider one of the Fast Mount AO IR models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. The scope is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57518568374646,"sku":"HAWKE-11321","price":53.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weaver","offer_id":57518568407414,"sku":"HAWKE-11521","price":53.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11321.jpg?v=1778661639"},{"product_id":"paper-target-boards-coloured","title":"Paper Targets Coloured - Pack of 100","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"278\"\u003eThe Paper Target Boards Coloured Pack of 100 provides a simple and highly visible backing solution for target shooting and range practice. Made from coloured paper, these target boards improve target contrast and shot visibility in both indoor and outdoor shooting environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"280\" data-end=\"437\"\u003eSuitable for air rifles, rimfires and pistols, the boards are ideal for mounting paper or adhesive targets during practice, club shooting and range sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bisley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57513965748598,"sku":null,"price":9.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Target_Board_New.png?v=1773933603"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-9x40-ao-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile variable-magnification rifle scope with an Adjustable Objective for parallax correction. Combining a useful 3-9x magnification range with a 40mm objective lens, it is particularly well suited to air rifle shooting where targets may be encountered at different distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe key advantage over the standard Fast Mount 3-9x40 is the \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which allows parallax correction from 10 yards \/ 9 metres to infinity. A classic Mil Dot reticle provides multiple aim points for hold-over and hold-under, while the second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets provide a straightforward and dependable setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-9x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 10 yards \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 yards to infinity \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39-12.7ft at 100 yards \/ 13-4.2m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.4°-2.4°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.3-4.4mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.7in \/ 322mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.1oz \/ 597g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-9X40 AO RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO is a particularly good choice for air rifle shooters who want the versatility of 3-9x magnification together with adjustable parallax. The Adjustable Objective allows the scope to be focused and corrected for parallax from just 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the standard Fast Mount 3-9x40, the major upgrade is adjustable parallax. If you do not need this adjustment, the standard 3-9x40 provides a simpler alternative. If you want a larger 50mm objective, consider the 3-9x50 AO, while the AO IR models additionally provide reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e3-9x versatility combined with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with an illuminated reticle\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGreater magnification while retaining a useful lower 3x setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with a choice of \u003cstrong\u003eDovetail or Weaver mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its 3-9x variable magnification and Adjustable Objective make it particularly well suited to general air rifle shooting and target use at varying distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO mean on the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective. The objective can be adjusted to focus the image and correct for parallax at different shooting distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x40 and 3-9x40 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both scopes provide 3-9x magnification with a 40mm objective lens. The 3-9x40 AO additionally provides an Adjustable Objective for parallax correction, whereas the standard 3-9x40 uses fixed parallax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO have an illuminated reticle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model has a non-illuminated Mil Dot reticle. Choose one of the Fast Mount AO IR models if you also require reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO come with mounts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Bamfords offers this scope with Dovetail and Weaver mount options. Select the required mounting system before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x40 AO covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57518585938294,"sku":"HAWKE-11323","price":62.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weaver","offer_id":57518585971062,"sku":"HAWKE-11523","price":62.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11323.jpg?v=1778661690"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-9x50-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile variable-magnification rifle scope combining a useful 3-9x magnification range with a larger 50mm objective lens. It is a straightforward general-purpose option for shooters who want the flexibility of variable magnification and a larger objective without adjustable parallax or reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50mm objective provides a larger light-gathering area than the 40mm Fast Mount models, while the 3-9x magnification range gives plenty of flexibility for everyday air rifle and target shooting. Hawke's Mil Dot reticle provides multiple aim points for hold-over and hold-under, with a second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets completing the practical setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-9x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFixed parallax at 100 yards \/ 91m\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 yards \/ 91m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6-11ft at 100 yards \/ 11.2-3.7m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.4°-2.1°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.7-5.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.5in \/ 343mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.6oz \/ 585g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-9X50 RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 is a good choice if you want the versatility of 3-9x magnification together with a larger 50mm objective lens. It offers a straightforward setup without the additional adjustments found on the AO and AO IR models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the Fast Mount 3-9x40, this model retains the same 3-9x magnification range but moves to a larger 50mm objective. If adjustable parallax is important to you, consider the 3-9x50 AO. If you also want an illuminated reticle, the 3-9x50 AO IR adds both features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e3-9x versatility combined with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with an illuminated reticle\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGreater magnification while retaining a useful lower 3x setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its 3-9x variable magnification and 50mm objective make it a versatile choice for general air rifle shooting and target use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 3-9x50 mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The magnification can be adjusted between 3x and 9x, while the scope has a 50mm objective lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Fast Mount 3-9x40 and 3-9x50?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both provide the same 3-9x magnification range. The main difference is objective size: the 3-9x40 has a 40mm objective, while this model has a larger 50mm objective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 have adjustable parallax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model has fixed parallax at 100 yards \/ 91 metres. Choose the Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO if you require adjustable objective parallax correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 and 3-9x50 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both have 3-9x magnification and a 50mm objective lens. The 3-9x50 AO adds an Adjustable Objective, allowing parallax correction at different shooting distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 have an illuminated reticle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model uses a non-illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The 3-9x50 AO IR adds both adjustable parallax and reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57797152211318,"sku":"HAWKE-11331","price":62.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11331.jpg?v=1778661727"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-9x50-ao-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e combines versatile 3-9x magnification with a large 50mm objective lens and an Adjustable Objective for parallax correction. It is particularly well suited to air rifle and target shooting where targets may be encountered at different distances and accurate parallax adjustment is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e allows parallax correction from 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity, while the 50mm objective provides a larger objective than the 40mm Fast Mount models. Hawke's Mil Dot reticle provides multiple aim points for hold-over and hold-under, with a second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets completing the practical setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-9x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 10 yards \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 yards to infinity \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6-11ft at 100 yards \/ 11.2-3.7m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.4°-2.1°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.7-5.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.8in \/ 351mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24.3oz \/ 690g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-9X50 AO RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO is a good choice if you want a versatile 3-9x scope with a larger 50mm objective and the ability to correct parallax at different shooting distances. Its close focus from 10 yards \/ 9 metres makes the AO particularly useful for air rifle and target shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the standard Fast Mount 3-9x50, the key upgrade is the Adjustable Objective. If you do not need adjustable parallax, the standard 3-9x50 offers a simpler alternative. If you also want an illuminated reticle, step up to the Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e50mm objective with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with an illuminated reticle\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGreater magnification while retaining a useful lower 3x setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. The combination of 3-9x magnification, a 50mm objective and adjustable parallax makes it particularly well suited to general air rifle and target shooting at varying distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO mean on the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective. The objective can be adjusted to focus the image and correct for parallax at different shooting distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 and 3-9x50 AO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both scopes have 3-9x magnification and a 50mm objective. The 3-9x50 AO adds an Adjustable Objective for parallax correction, whereas the standard 3-9x50 uses fixed parallax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 AO and 3-9x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both provide 3-9x magnification, a 50mm objective and adjustable parallax. The AO IR model additionally provides an illuminated reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO have an illuminated reticle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    No. This model uses a non-illuminated Mil Dot reticle. Choose the Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR if reticle illumination is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57518595080566,"sku":"HAWKE-11333","price":66.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weaver","offer_id":57518595113334,"sku":"HAWKE-11533","price":66.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11333.jpg?v=1778661812"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-9x50-ao-ir-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e combines versatile 3-9x magnification with a large 50mm objective lens, Adjustable Objective parallax correction and an illuminated Mil Dot reticle. It is particularly well suited to air rifle and target shooting where adjustable parallax and improved reticle visibility are useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e allows parallax correction from 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity, while the \u003cstrong\u003eMil Dot IR reticle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides 5 illumination levels in both red and green. The scope uses a second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets, giving it a practical combination of useful features without moving into a more complex premium scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-9x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 10 yards \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot IR illuminated reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 illumination levels in red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot IR\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 yards to infinity \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 levels, red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6-11ft at 100 yards \/ 11.2-3.7m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.4°-2.1°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.7-5.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.8in \/ 351mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25oz \/ 710g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-9X50 AO IR RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR is a good choice if you want a versatile 3-9x scope with a large 50mm objective, adjustable parallax and an illuminated reticle. It is particularly useful for air rifle shooting and target use where you may be shooting at different ranges or want improved reticle visibility against darker backgrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO, this model adds red and green reticle illumination. If you do not need illumination, the 3-9x50 AO is the simpler option. If you want more magnification while retaining AO and illumination, consider the 3-12x50 AO IR, 4-16x50 AO IR or 6-24x50 AO IR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e50mm objective with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with red and green reticle illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eMore magnification while keeping AO and illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. The combination of 3-9x magnification, a 50mm objective, adjustable parallax and an illuminated reticle makes it well suited to general air rifle and target shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO IR mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective, which allows parallax correction at different distances. IR stands for Illuminated Reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat illumination does the reticle have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Mil Dot IR reticle has 5 illumination levels in both red and green, allowing you to adjust reticle visibility to suit different backgrounds and lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 AO and 3-9x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both models provide 3-9x magnification, a 50mm objective and Adjustable Objective parallax correction. The AO IR version additionally provides red and green reticle illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 AO IR and 3-12x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both have a 50mm objective, adjustable parallax and illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The 3-12x50 increases the maximum magnification from 9x to 12x, giving you more magnification when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57797152178550,"sku":"HAWKE-11432","price":80.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11432.jpg?v=1778661853"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-3-12x50-ao-ir-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a versatile 3-12x magnification range with a large 50mm objective lens, Adjustable Objective parallax correction and an illuminated Mil Dot reticle. It is a strong choice for shooters who want more magnification than a traditional 3-9x scope while still retaining a useful 3x low-end setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e provides parallax correction from 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity, while the \u003cstrong\u003eMil Dot IR reticle\u003c\/strong\u003e offers 5 illumination levels in both red and green. With a second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets, the 3-12x50 AO IR offers a practical balance of magnification, adjustability and straightforward operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-12x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 10 yards \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot IR illuminated reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 illumination levels in red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot IR\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 yards to infinity \/ 9m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 levels, red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30.5-8ft at 100 yards \/ 10.2-2.7m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.8°-1.5°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.7-4.2mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.5in \/ 344mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24.9oz \/ 705g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 3-12X50 AO IR RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR is a good choice if you want more magnification than the 3-9x models without moving straight into a much higher-powered target scope. The 3x low-end setting remains useful for general shooting, while 12x gives you additional detail when shooting at longer distances or at smaller targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the Fast Mount 3-9x50 AO IR, this model retains the same 50mm objective, Adjustable Objective and illuminated Mil Dot reticle but increases maximum magnification from 9x to 12x. If you need still more magnification, the 4-16x50 AO IR and 6-24x50 AO IR sit above it in the Fast Mount range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e50mm objective with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with red and green reticle illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eExtra magnification while retaining a useful 3x low setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its 3-12x magnification range, 50mm objective, Adjustable Objective and illuminated reticle make it well suited to general air rifle, target and longer-range shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO IR mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective, which allows parallax correction at different shooting distances. IR stands for Illuminated Reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 10 yards \/ 9 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat illumination does the reticle have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Mil Dot IR reticle has 5 illumination levels in both red and green, allowing reticle brightness and colour to be adjusted to suit different backgrounds and lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-9x50 AO IR and 3-12x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both models have a 50mm objective, adjustable parallax and red\/green illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The 3-12x50 increases maximum magnification from 9x to 12x while retaining the same 3x minimum magnification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-12x50 AO IR and 4-16x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The 3-12x50 starts at a lower 3x magnification and reaches 12x, giving it a broader general-purpose feel. The 4-16x50 starts at 4x and reaches 16x, making it better suited to shooters who prioritise additional magnification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57518617690486,"sku":"HAWKE-11435","price":84.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weaver","offer_id":57518617723254,"sku":"HAWKE-11635","price":84.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11435.jpg?v=1778661886"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-4-16x50-ao-ir-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is a higher-magnification rifle scope designed for shooters who want more reach than the 3-9x and 3-12x Fast Mount models. With 4-16x magnification, a large 50mm objective lens, Adjustable Objective parallax correction and an illuminated Mil Dot reticle, it is well suited to target shooting and situations where extra magnification is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e allows parallax correction from 15 yards \/ 14 metres through to infinity, while the \u003cstrong\u003eMil Dot IR reticle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides 5 illumination levels in both red and green. The second focal plane optical system, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets keep the scope straightforward to set up and use despite the extra magnification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4-16x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 15 yards \/ 14m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot IR illuminated reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 illumination levels in red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-16x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot IR\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 yards to infinity \/ 14m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 levels, red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.6-6.2ft at 100 yards \/ 7.9-2.1m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5°-1.2°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.5-3.1mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.3in \/ 388mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.9oz \/ 735g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 4-16X50 AO IR RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR is a good choice if you want noticeably more magnification than a traditional 3-9x scope while still retaining a practical 4x low-end setting. It is particularly well suited to target shooting and longer-range use where additional magnification can help with a more detailed sight picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eCompared with the Fast Mount 3-12x50 AO IR, this model increases maximum magnification from 12x to 16x. If you need even more magnification, the 6-24x50 AO IR is the highest-powered model in the Fast Mount range. If you prefer a wider low-end magnification range, the 3-12x50 AO IR may be the better all-round option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e50mm objective with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with red and green reticle illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eExtra magnification while retaining a useful 3x low setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eMaximum magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its 4-16x magnification range, 50mm objective, Adjustable Objective and illuminated reticle make it well suited to air rifle target shooting and situations where extra magnification is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO IR mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective, which allows parallax correction at different shooting distances. IR stands for Illuminated Reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 15 yards \/ 14 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat illumination does the reticle have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Mil Dot IR reticle has 5 illumination levels in both red and green, allowing reticle brightness and colour to be adjusted to suit different backgrounds and lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-12x50 AO IR and 4-16x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both use a 50mm objective, adjustable parallax and an illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The 4-16x50 provides a higher 16x maximum magnification, while the 3-12x50 starts lower at 3x and may be more versatile for general shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 4-16x50 AO IR and 6-24x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The 4-16x50 provides a lower minimum magnification and is a more moderate high-magnification option. The 6-24x50 offers substantially more magnification and is better suited to shooters who prioritise target and longer-range use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 4-16x50 AO IR covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57518619623798,"sku":"HAWKE-11460","price":89.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weaver","offer_id":57518619656566,"sku":"HAWKE-11660","price":89.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11460.jpg?v=1778661924"},{"product_id":"hawke-fast-mount-6-24x50-ao-ir-mil-dot-scope","title":"Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e is the highest-magnification model in the Fast Mount range, combining a powerful 6-24x magnification range with a 50mm objective lens, Adjustable Objective parallax correction and an illuminated Mil Dot reticle. It is particularly suited to target shooting and shooters who prioritise high magnification and a detailed sight picture at greater distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/strong\u003e allows parallax correction from 15 yards \/ 14 metres through to infinity, while the \u003cstrong\u003eMil Dot IR reticle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides 5 illumination levels in both red and green. With magnification reaching 24x, this model offers considerably more target detail than the lower-powered Fast Mount scopes while retaining the straightforward second focal plane design, 1 inch tube and capped resettable turrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowerful 6-24x variable magnification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50mm objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable Objective (AO) parallax correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus from 15 yards \/ 14m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMil Dot IR illuminated reticle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 illumination levels in red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecond focal plane (SFP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 inch scope tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapped, resettable turrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FULL SPECIFICATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-24x\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObjective Lens:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Dot IR\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFocal Plane:\u003c\/strong\u003e SFP (Second Focal Plane)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope Tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable Objective (AO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallax \/ Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 yards to infinity \/ 14m to infinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 levels, red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.1-4.2ft at 100 yards \/ 5-1.4m at 100m\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngular Field of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.9°-0.8°\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye Relief:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5in \/ 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExit Pupil:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.3-2.1mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 MOA\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.6in \/ 395mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26.1oz \/ 740g\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindage Turret:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capped, resettable\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    IS THE 6-24X50 AO IR RIGHT FOR ME?\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR is the model to choose if high magnification is your priority. Its 24x maximum magnification provides substantially more target detail than the lower-powered Fast Mount models, making it particularly suitable for target shooting and longer-distance use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is a higher 6x minimum magnification and a narrower field of view than the 3-12x50 and 4-16x50 models. If you want a more versatile all-round scope with a wider field of view at minimum magnification, the 3-12x50 AO IR or 4-16x50 AO IR may be a better choice. If maximum magnification is the priority, the 6-24x50 AO IR sits at the top of the Fast Mount range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    COMPARE FAST MOUNT SCOPES\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount range covers everything from a simple fixed 4x scope through to higher-magnification AO and illuminated models. Use the guide below to help choose the most suitable Fast Mount for your shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-top:10px;\"\u003e\n      \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003cth style=\"text-align:left;padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/thead\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x32 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eSimple, compact general air rifle and target shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eVersatile everyday shooting with variable magnification\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x40 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eEveryday shooting with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eGeneral-purpose shooting with a larger 50mm objective\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e50mm objective with adjustable parallax\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-9x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eAdjustable parallax with red and green reticle illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-12x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eExtra magnification while retaining a useful 3x low setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-16x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;\"\u003eHigher-magnification target and longer-range shooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-24x50 AO IR Mil Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd style=\"padding:8px;\"\u003eHighest magnification in the Fast Mount range for target and longer-range use\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-top:14px;\"\u003e\n      \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hawke-fast-mount-scopes\" style=\"text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n        View all Hawke Fast Mount Scopes →\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    MOUNT INFORMATION\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis Hawke Fast Mount scope is available from Bamfords with the mount options shown above. Select the appropriate mount option for your rifle before adding the scope to your basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eDovetail mounts are commonly used on air rifles with an 11mm dovetail rail, while Weaver mounts are designed for compatible Weaver-style rails. Check the rail fitted to your rifle before selecting your mount option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    HAWKE LIFETIME WARRANTY\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR is covered by the \u003cstrong\u003eHawke Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you additional reassurance when purchasing your scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003eHawke provides long-term warranty support across its optical products. Warranty coverage remains subject to Hawke's current terms, conditions and exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails style=\"border:1px solid #e5e5e5;margin:0 0 8px;\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary style=\"padding:14px 16px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;\"\u003e\n    FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\n  \u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 16px 14px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR suitable for an air rifle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. Its high magnification, adjustable parallax and illuminated reticle make it particularly suitable for air rifle target shooting and situations where greater target detail is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does AO IR mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    AO stands for Adjustable Objective, which allows parallax correction at different shooting distances. IR stands for Illuminated Reticle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow close will the Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR focus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Adjustable Objective provides parallax correction from approximately 15 yards \/ 14 metres through to infinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat illumination does the reticle have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The Mil Dot IR reticle provides 5 illumination levels in both red and green, allowing the reticle to be adjusted to suit different backgrounds and lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 4-16x50 AO IR and 6-24x50 AO IR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Both have a 50mm objective, Adjustable Objective and illuminated Mil Dot reticle. The 6-24x50 increases maximum magnification from 16x to 24x, while the 4-16x50 has a lower 4x minimum magnification and a wider field of view.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs 6-24x better than 4-16x?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It depends on how you intend to use the scope. The 6-24x50 provides greater maximum magnification for target detail, while the 4-16x50 offers a lower minimum magnification and wider field of view, making it more versatile at shorter distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 6-24x50 the highest-magnification Hawke Fast Mount scope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. The 6-24x50 AO IR provides the highest maximum magnification of the nine Fast Mount models in this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tube does the Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    It uses a 1 inch scope tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the turret adjustments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    The scope uses capped, resettable elevation and windage turrets with 1\/4 MOA click adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hawke Fast Mount 6-24x50 AO IR covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Yes. It is covered by the Hawke Lifetime Warranty, subject to Hawke's current warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Dovetail","offer_id":57797152145782,"sku":"HAWKE-11465","price":93.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/11465.jpg?v=1778661958"},{"product_id":"hunter-balmoral-classic-dark-olive","title":"Hunter Balmoral Classic Welly Dark Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHunter wellies combine over 160 years of British heritage with practical design built for the outdoors. Originally crafted to protect against the elements, Hunter boots are known for their durability, comfort, and iconic style. Made using high-quality natural rubber and expert craftsmanship, they offer reliable performance for country walks, festivals, farming, and everyday wet-weather wear alike.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVulcanised heavy duty natural rubber construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLeather look finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLeg contouring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof, adjustable gusset for calf fit adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual density rubber outsoles for impact protection. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMulti-directional lugs for greater traction and release of mud. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlack nylon, easy dry lining. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMulti layer cushioned sponge insoles. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColour: Dark Olive.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hunter","offers":[{"title":"7","offer_id":57519360278902,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-7","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"8","offer_id":57519360311670,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-8","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"9","offer_id":57519360344438,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-9","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":57519360377206,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-10","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"11","offer_id":57519360409974,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-11","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"12","offer_id":57519360442742,"sku":"BMS-XX-UFT4019RSI-DOV-12","price":95.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/hunter-balmoral-mens-classic23.webp?v=1774015892"},{"product_id":"aigle-parcours-2-iso-green","title":"Aigle Parcours 2 ISO Wellington Boot Green","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-size:15px; line-height:1.65; color:#222;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 18px;\"\u003e\n    The Aigle Parcours 2 ISO in Green is a premium insulated wellington boot designed for long days outdoors in cold and demanding conditions. Combining Aigle's renowned Parcours anti-fatigue technology with substantial Neoprene® insulation, it is particularly well suited to winter shooting, farming, dog walking and anyone who spends extended periods outdoors in their wellingtons.\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 24px;\"\u003e\n    A 4.5mm Neoprene® lining provides warmth throughout the boot, while additional insulation beneath the foot helps protect against cold ground. With a comfort rating down to -20°C, an adjustable waterproof calf gusset and Aigle's tri-density shock-absorbing sole, the Parcours 2 ISO combines serious winter protection with the walking comfort for which the Parcours range is known.\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n    KEY FEATURES\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 22px; padding-left:20px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium insulated Parcours wellington boot\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e4.5mm Neoprene® insulated lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e4.5mm Neoprene® insulated insole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdditional 6mm insulating felt beneath the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eComfort rated down to -20°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePredominantly natural-rubber upper\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWaterproof adjustable calf gusset\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTri-density anti-fatigue rubber sole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eShock-absorbing heel cushioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupportive stabilising midsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° high-grip lugged outsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eExcellent grip across wet, muddy and uneven ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFitted ankle helps support and hold the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for prolonged outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMade in France\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGreen colourway\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e2-year Aigle guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"border-top:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        4.5MM NEOPRENE® INSULATION\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Parcours 2 ISO is lined throughout with 4.5mm Neoprene®, providing significantly more insulation than the standard Parcours models. The material helps retain warmth around the foot and lower leg while remaining flexible enough for comfortable walking.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        COMFORT RATED TO -20°C\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The insulated construction gives the Parcours 2 ISO a comfort rating down to -20°C. This makes it particularly well suited to cold winter mornings, shooting, agricultural work and prolonged periods outside where a standard uninsulated wellington may not provide enough warmth.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        EXTRA INSULATION UNDERFOOT\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          Insulation isn't limited to the sides of the boot. A 4.5mm Neoprene® insole is combined with an additional 6mm layer of insulating felt beneath the foot, helping reduce heat loss into cold ground and improving comfort when standing outside for long periods.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        ANTI-FATIGUE TRI-DENSITY SOLE\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          Aigle's Parcours sole is engineered for users who spend significant time walking or standing in their wellingtons. Its tri-density construction combines shock absorption at the heel, support through the midsole and a hard-wearing rubber outsole to provide cushioning, stability and durability over longer distances.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        GRIP \u0026amp; STABILITY\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The lugged rubber outsole provides 360° grip for traction from different directions. Deep tread helps maintain grip across wet grass, mud and uneven ground, while the supportive sole construction and fitted ankle help keep the foot stable when walking.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        ADJUSTABLE WATERPROOF CALF\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          A waterproof side gusset and adjustable strap allow the opening of the boot to be altered around the calf. This provides additional room for different calf sizes and makes it easier to accommodate thicker trousers and winter clothing.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        PARCOURS 2 ISO VS PARCOURS 2 VARIO\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003e\n          Both models provide Parcours anti-fatigue technology and an adjustable calf, but the major difference is insulation.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 ISO:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a 4.5mm Neoprene® lining and additional underfoot insulation, making it the better choice for cold winter conditions and prolonged periods outside in low temperatures.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 Vario:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a lighter, quick-drying lining without the substantial Neoprene® insulation. It provides the adjustable calf and Parcours walking comfort in a boot better suited to milder conditions.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        PARCOURS 2 ISO VS PARCOURS 2 ISO OPEN\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003e\n          Both models provide the warm 4.5mm Neoprene® insulation and anti-fatigue characteristics of the Parcours 2 ISO. The main difference is access.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 ISO:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a traditional pull-on construction with an adjustable waterproof calf gusset.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 ISO Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a full waterproof side zip, making the boot easier to put on and remove while retaining the insulated Parcours construction.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        MATERIALS \u0026amp; CONSTRUCTION\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"margin:0; padding-left:20px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eUpper: predominantly Gomma Plus® natural rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eLining: 4.5mm Neoprene®\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eInsole: 4.5mm Neoprene®\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eAdditional insulation: 6mm felt layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eMidsole: supportive stabilising construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eOutsole: tri-density natural rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eMade in France\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        CARE \u0026amp; MAINTENANCE\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          Remove mud and dirt after use with clean water and allow the boots to dry naturally. Avoid drying or storing natural-rubber wellingtons directly beside radiators or other strong heat sources. Store upright in a cool, dry location away from prolonged direct sunlight and periodically use a suitable rubber-care product to help maintain the rubber.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        2-YEAR WARRANTY\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Aigle Parcours 2 ISO is covered by Aigle's 2-year guarantee against manufacturing defects. The guarantee applies for two years from the date of delivery and is subject to Aigle's warranty terms and conditions. Normal wear and tear, accidental damage, misuse and damage caused by improper care are not considered manufacturing defects.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Aigle","offers":[{"title":"37","offer_id":57519450292598,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-37","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57519450325366,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-38","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"39","offer_id":57519450358134,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-39","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57519450390902,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-40","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"41","offer_id":57519450423670,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-41","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57519450456438,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-42","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"43","offer_id":57519450489206,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-43","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57519450521974,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-44","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45","offer_id":57519450554742,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-45","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57519450587510,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-46","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"47","offer_id":57519450620278,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-47","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57519450653046,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-48","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"49","offer_id":57519450685814,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-49","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57519450718582,"sku":"BMS-AB-84217-01-50","price":164.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/45020-84497-fi-1.jpg?v=1778147536"},{"product_id":"aigle-parcours-2-vario-dark-green","title":"Aigle Parcours 2 Vario Wellington Boot Dark Green","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-size:15px; line-height:1.65; color:#222;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 18px;\"\u003e\n    The Aigle Parcours 2 Vario in Dark Green is a premium adjustable wellington boot designed for long days walking, working and spending time outdoors. Handmade in France from high-quality natural rubber, it combines the renowned comfort of Aigle's Parcours anti-fatigue sole with an adjustable calf system, making it particularly well suited to shooting, farming, dog walking and regular countryside use.\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 24px;\"\u003e\n    The Parcours 2 Vario uses a tri-density rubber sole engineered to provide cushioning, stability and dependable grip over longer distances. A waterproof adjustable gusset provides up to 6cm of additional adjustment around the calf, while the quick-drying lining, fitted ankle and supportive sole construction help keep the boot comfortable and secure throughout extended wear.\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n    KEY FEATURES\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 22px; padding-left:20px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium adjustable Parcours wellington boot\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality natural-rubber construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWaterproof adjustable calf gusset\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUp to 6cm of calf adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTri-density anti-fatigue rubber sole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eProgressive cushioning for long-distance comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eShock-absorbing heel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupportive stabilising midsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° high-grip lugged outsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAbrasion-resistant outsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFitted ankle helps hold the foot securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick-drying lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for prolonged outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHandmade in France\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDark Green colourway\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e2-year Aigle guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"border-top:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        ANTI-FATIGUE TRI-DENSITY SOLE\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Parcours range is designed around comfort during extended periods of walking and standing. Its tri-density sole combines different rubber densities to provide cushioning, stability and durability, helping reduce fatigue when covering longer distances in your wellington boots.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        ADJUSTABLE 6CM CALF GUSSET\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Vario's waterproof gusset provides up to 6cm of adjustment around the calf. This allows the upper to accommodate a wider range of calf sizes and provides additional room when wearing thicker trousers or other clothing layers.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        SHOCK ABSORPTION \u0026amp; STABILITY\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          Cushioning within the heel helps absorb impact with each step, while the supportive midsole improves stability underfoot. The fitted ankle also helps hold the foot securely inside the boot, reducing unnecessary movement when walking across uneven terrain.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        GRIP \u0026amp; TRACTION\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The abrasion-resistant rubber outsole incorporates deep, high-grip lugs designed to provide traction in multiple directions. This helps maintain stability across wet grass, mud, tracks and uneven countryside terrain.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        QUICK-DRYING LINING\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Parcours 2 Vario uses a quick-drying lining rather than the thick Neoprene® insulation found in the Parcours 2 ISO. This makes the Vario particularly versatile for general countryside use and milder conditions where additional winter insulation isn't required.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        PARCOURS 2 VARIO VS PARCOURS 2\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003e\n          Both boots use Aigle's Parcours anti-fatigue technology and are designed for comfortable walking over longer distances. The principal difference is calf adjustment.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 Vario:\u003c\/strong\u003e features a waterproof adjustable gusset providing up to 6cm of additional calf adjustment. It is the more adaptable option for larger calves or customers who want greater flexibility around the upper.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a traditional fixed upper. It retains the core Parcours comfort and anti-fatigue technology but does not provide the additional calf adjustment of the Vario.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        PARCOURS 2 VARIO VS PARCOURS 2 ISO\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 12px;\"\u003e\n          The Vario and ISO both offer an adjustable calf and the comfort of the Parcours sole, but they are designed for different temperatures.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 Vario:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a lightweight, quick-drying lining and is the more versatile choice for general countryside use and milder conditions.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eParcours 2 ISO:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds substantial Neoprene® insulation for colder weather. It is designed for customers who need greater warmth during winter shooting, farming or prolonged periods outdoors in low temperatures.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        VARIO VS NYLON – WHICH SHOULD I CHOOSE?\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eChoose the Parcours 2 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want the traditional structured rubber Parcours boot with additional adjustment around the calf.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          \u003cstrong\u003eChoose the Parcours 2 Nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e if low weight, flexibility and easier storage or transport are the priority. Its soft textile upper can be folded down, making it more packable than the full-rubber Vario.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        FIT \u0026amp; SIZING\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Parcours 2 Vario is shaped closely around the ankle to help hold the foot securely while walking. The adjustable waterproof gusset then provides up to 6cm of additional adjustment around the calf, making the Vario particularly useful where a conventional fixed-calf wellington feels restrictive.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        MATERIALS \u0026amp; CONSTRUCTION\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"margin:0; padding-left:20px;\"\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality natural-rubber construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eQuick-drying lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eAbsorbent foam insole over Softex®-lined rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eTri-density rubber sole\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eWaterproof adjustable gusset\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003cli\u003eHandmade in France\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        CARE \u0026amp; MAINTENANCE\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          Remove mud and dirt after use with clean water and allow the boots to dry naturally. Avoid drying or storing natural-rubber wellingtons directly beside radiators or other strong heat sources. Store upright in a cool, dry location away from prolonged direct sunlight and periodically use a suitable rubber-care product to help maintain the rubber.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails style=\"border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n      \u003csummary style=\"cursor:pointer; padding:16px 2px; font-size:13px; font-weight:700; text-transform:uppercase; list-style:none;\"\u003e\n        2-YEAR WARRANTY\n        \u003cspan style=\"float:right; font-size:18px; font-weight:400;\"\u003e+\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"padding:0 2px 18px; font-size:15px; line-height:1.65;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\n          The Aigle Parcours 2 Vario is covered by Aigle's 2-year guarantee against manufacturing defects. The guarantee applies for two years from the date of delivery and is subject to Aigle's warranty terms and conditions. Normal wear and tear, accidental damage, misuse and damage caused by improper care are not considered manufacturing defects.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Aigle","offers":[{"title":"37","offer_id":57519485911414,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-37","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57519485944182,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-38","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"39","offer_id":57519485976950,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-39","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57519486009718,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-40","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"41","offer_id":57519486042486,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-41","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57519486075254,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-42","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"43","offer_id":57519486108022,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-43","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57519486140790,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-44","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45","offer_id":57519486173558,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-45","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57519486206326,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-46","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"47","offer_id":57519486239094,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-47","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57519486271862,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-48","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"49","offer_id":57519486304630,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-49","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57519486337398,"sku":"BMS-AB-84228-01-50","price":134.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/45021-84499-fi-1.jpg?v=1778147459"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-gunmetal","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Gunmetal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556422721910,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556422754678,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556422787446,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556422820214,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556422852982,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556422885750,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556422918518,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556422951286,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556422984054,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556423016822,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556423049590,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-9880-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-Gunmetal-22-1056-9880.jpg?v=1774450138"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-port","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Port","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556642038134,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556452573558,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556452606326,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556452639094,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556452671862,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556452704630,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556452737398,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556452770166,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556452802934,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556452835702,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556452868470,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-4998-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-Port-SC-22-1056-4998.jpg?v=1774450907"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-storm-blue","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Storm Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556507296118,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556507328886,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556507361654,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556507394422,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556507427190,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556507459958,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556507492726,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556507525494,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556507558262,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556507591030,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556507623798,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8989-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-StoneBlue-SC-22-1056-8560-1.jpg?v=1774451600"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-petrol-blue","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Petrol Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556529480054,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556529512822,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556529545590,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556529578358,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556529611126,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556529643894,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556529676662,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556529709430,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556529742198,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556529774966,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556529807734,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8983-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-PetrolBlue-SC-22-1056-8983-1.jpg?v=1774451902"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-dark-olive","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Dark Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556571029878,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556571062646,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556571095414,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556571128182,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556571160950,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556571193718,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556571226486,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556571259254,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556571292022,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556571324790,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556571357558,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-6990-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/schoffel-oakham-dkolive-w23-1.webp?v=1774452433"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-claret","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Claret","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556633911670,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556633944438,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556633977206,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556634009974,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556634042742,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556634075510,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556634108278,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556634141046,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556634173814,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556634206582,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556634239350,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-2844-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-Claret-SC-22-1056-2844-1.jpg?v=1774452826"},{"product_id":"schoffel-oakham-fleece-gilet-navy","title":"Schöffel Oakham Fleece Gilet Navy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57556709933430,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-34","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"36","offer_id":57556709966198,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-36","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57556709998966,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-38","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57556710031734,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-40","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57556710064502,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-42","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57556710097270,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-44","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57556710130038,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-46","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57556710162806,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-48","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57556710195574,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-50","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57556710228342,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-52","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"54","offer_id":57556710261110,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1056-8880-54","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-OakhamFleeceGilet-Navy-22-1056-8880.jpg?v=1774453122"},{"product_id":"schoffel-lyndon-fleece-gilet-dark-olive","title":"Schöffel Lyndon Fleece Gilet Dark Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece - 100% Polyester.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh thermal insulation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClassic fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature faux leather trim.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick Dry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":57557122908534,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-6990-8","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":57557122941302,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-6990-10","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"12","offer_id":57557122974070,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-6990-12","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"14","offer_id":57557123006838,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-6990-14","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"16","offer_id":57557123039606,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-6990-16","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-LyndonIIFleeceGilet-DarkOlive-22-1057-02-6990-1.jpg?v=1774454597"},{"product_id":"schoffel-lyndon-fleece-gilet-gunmetal","title":"Schöffel Lyndon Fleece Gilet Gunmetal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece - 100% Polyester.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh thermal insulation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClassic fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature faux leather trim.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick Dry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":57557135556982,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-9880-8","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":57557135589750,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-9880-10","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"12","offer_id":57557135622518,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-9880-12","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"14","offer_id":57557135655286,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-9880-14","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"16","offer_id":57557135688054,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-9880-16","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-LyndonFleeceGilet-Gunmetal-SC-22-1057-02-9880.jpg?v=1774454859"},{"product_id":"schoffel-lyndon-fleece-gilet-mushroom","title":"Schöffel Lyndon Fleece Gilet Mushroom","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece - 100% Polyester.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh thermal insulation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClassic fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature faux leather trim.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick Dry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":57557160198518,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-4578-8","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":57557160231286,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-4578-10","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"12","offer_id":57557160264054,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-4578-12","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"14","offer_id":57557160296822,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-4578-14","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"16","offer_id":57557160329590,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-02-4578-16","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Lyndon-Mushroom.jpg?v=1774455113"},{"product_id":"schoffel-lyndon-fleece-gilet-navy","title":"Schöffel Lyndon Fleece Gilet Navy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece - 100% Polyester.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh thermal insulation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClassic fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature faux leather trim.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick Dry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":57557201781110,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-8880-08","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"10","offer_id":57557201813878,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-8880-10","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"12","offer_id":57557201846646,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-8880-12","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"14","offer_id":57557201879414,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-8880-14","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"16","offer_id":57557201912182,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-1057-8880-16","price":160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-LyndonLadiesFleeceGilet-Navy-SC-22-1057-8880-2.jpg?v=1774455530"},{"product_id":"schoffel-burley-fleece-jacket-navy","title":"Schöffel Burley Fleece Jacket Navy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel premium Pontetorto Tecnopile Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSignature trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo way YKK zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable and quick drying\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":57557422375286,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-13448-8880-8","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":57557422408054,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-13448-8880-10","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"12","offer_id":57557422440822,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-13448-8880-12","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"14","offer_id":57557422473590,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-13448-8880-14","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"16","offer_id":57557422506358,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-13448-8880-16","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-BurleyladiesFleece-Navy-SC-22-12798-8880-1.jpg?v=1774458572"},{"product_id":"schoffel-cottesmore-fleece-jacket-gunmetal","title":"Schöffel Cottesmore Fleece Jacket Gunmetal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57559404642678,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-34","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57559402250614,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-36","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57559402283382,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-38","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57559402316150,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-40","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57559402348918,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-42","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57559402381686,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-44","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57559402414454,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-46","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57559402447222,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-48","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57559402479990,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-50","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57559402512758,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-52","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57559402545526,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-9880-54","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-CottesmoreFleeceJacket-Gunmetal-SC-22-23131-9880-1.jpg?v=1774514687"},{"product_id":"schoffel-cottesmore-fleece-jacket-navy","title":"Schöffel Cottesmore Fleece Jacket Navy","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"Polaris-BlockStack\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Polaris-BlockStack\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Polaris-BlockStack\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57559414014326,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-34","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57559414047094,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-36","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"38","offer_id":57559414079862,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-38","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57559414112630,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-40","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57559414145398,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-42","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57559414178166,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-44","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57559414210934,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-46","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57559414243702,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-48","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57559414276470,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-50","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57559414309238,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-52","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57559414342006,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-8880-54","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-CottesmoreIIFleeceJacket-Navy-SC-22-23131-8880-3.jpg?v=1774515091"},{"product_id":"schoffel-cottesmore-fleece-jacket-dark-olive","title":"Schöffel Cottesmore Fleece Jacket Dark Olive","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"Polaris-Box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_ActivatorWrapper_131ul_95\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"PRODUCT.metafields.custom.size-anchor\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv role=\"button\" aria-label=\"Edit Size metafield\" class=\"_ActivatorButton_131ul_99\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_RowWrapper_131ul_22\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_HoverContainer_131ul_8\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_FormFieldLabel_131ul_48\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"Polaris-Text--root Polaris-Text--bodyMd Polaris-Text--breakAlways\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"Polaris-Text--root Polaris-Text--bodyMd Polaris-Text--breakAlways\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo-way YKK front zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57559432462710,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-34","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57559432495478,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-36","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57559432528246,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-38","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57559432561014,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-40","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57559432593782,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-42","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57559432626550,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-44","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57559432659318,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-46","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57559432692086,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-48","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57559432724854,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-50","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"52","offer_id":57559432757622,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-52","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"54","offer_id":57559432790390,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-23131-6990-54","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-22-23131-6990-CottesmoreFleeceJacket-DarkOlive-2.jpg?v=1774515370"},{"product_id":"schoffel-berkeley-quarter-zip-fleece-dark-olive","title":"Schöffel Berkeley Quarter Zip Fleece Dark Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1\/4 length YKK zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57559446880630,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-34","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57559446913398,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-36","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57559446946166,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-38","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57559446978934,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-40","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57559447011702,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-42","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57559447044470,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-44","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57559447077238,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-46","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"48","offer_id":57559447110006,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-48","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57559447142774,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-50","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57559447175542,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-52","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57559447208310,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-6990-54","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-22-21106-6990-BerkeleyQuarterZipFleece-DarkOlive-3.jpg?v=1774515742"},{"product_id":"schoffel-berkeley-quater-zip-fleece-navy","title":"Schöffel Berkeley Quarter Zip Fleece Navy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchoffel clothing is rooted in a rich heritage of quality craftsmanship, timeless style, and outdoor performance. Inspired by country pursuits and designed for life both in the field and beyond, each piece combines premium materials with practical functionality and refined tailoring. Renowned for durability, comfort, and understated elegance, Schoffel garments have become a trusted choice for those who value classic countrywear with a modern edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePontetorto Tecnopile Premium Fleece\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1\/4 length YKK zip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric zip pull\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel logo embroidery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel-branded fabric pip tab\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSchöffel signature brown trim\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo external zip security pockets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable draw cord at hem\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Schoffel","offers":[{"title":"34","offer_id":57559467032950,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-34","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"36","offer_id":57559467065718,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-36","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"38","offer_id":57559467098486,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-38","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":57559467131254,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-40","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42","offer_id":57559467164022,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-42","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"44","offer_id":57559467196790,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-44","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"46","offer_id":57559467229558,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-46","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48","offer_id":57559467262326,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-48","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":57559467295094,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-50","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"52","offer_id":57559467327862,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-52","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"54","offer_id":57559467360630,"sku":"BMS-SC-22-21106-8880-54","price":200.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Schoffel-Berkeleyquarterzipfleece-Navy-1.jpg?v=1774516233"},{"product_id":"caldwell-xla-pivot-bipod-6-9-inch-black","title":"Caldwell XLA Pivot Bipod 6-9 Inch Notched Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Caldwell Bipod attaches to the front of your airgun to provide maximum support on uneven ground, bench or ledge. The legs can be adjusted to your desired height for precise shooting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotched Legs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs that instantly spring out to the shooting position with the touch of a button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs collapse forward for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft rubber feet provide enhanced stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded base protects firearm fore-end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Caldwell","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581363462518,"sku":"SPTM-125264","price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/125264-01.jpg?v=1774863462"},{"product_id":"caldwell-xla-pivot-bipod-9-13-inch-black","title":"Caldwell XLA Pivot Bipod Notched 9-13 Inch Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Caldwell Bipod attaches to the front of your airgun to provide maximum support on uneven ground, bench or ledge. The legs can be adjusted to your desired height for precise shooting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotched Legs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs that instantly spring out to the shooting position with the touch of a button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs collapse forward for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft rubber feet provide enhanced stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded base protects firearm fore-end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Caldwell","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581389644150,"sku":"SPTM-125265","price":87.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/125265-01.jpg?v=1774864619"},{"product_id":"harris-br-swivel-bipod-6-9-inch","title":"Harris Br Swivel Bipod Smooth 6-9 Inch Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Harris Bipod offers superior support for precision shooting. Featuring adjustable legs, it allows quick height changes to adapt to uneven terrain. Its hardened steel and alloy construction ensures long-lasting durability without adding excessive weight. The bipod folds neatly when not in use and deploys instantly, making it ideal for hunting, target shooting, and tactical applications. Non-slip rubber feet provide added grip for improved control and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches to common sling swivel \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth Legs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium alloy with some steel parts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard rubber leg caps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged base to allow rifle to tilt left and right \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable legs to suit shooting position \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581426934134,"sku":"SPTM-020701","price":139.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/020701-01.jpg?v=1774865378"},{"product_id":"harris-l-swivel-bipod-9-13-inch","title":"Harris L Swivel Bipod Smooth 9-13 Inch Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Harris Bipod offers superior support for precision shooting. Featuring adjustable legs, it allows quick height changes to adapt to uneven terrain. Its hardened steel and alloy construction ensures long-lasting durability without adding excessive weight. The bipod folds neatly when not in use and deploys instantly, making it ideal for hunting, target shooting, and tactical applications. Non-slip rubber feet provide added grip for improved control and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches to common sling swivel \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth Legs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium alloy with some steel parts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard rubber leg caps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged base to allow rifle to tilt left and right \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable legs to suit shooting position \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581443809654,"sku":"SPTM-020703","price":139.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/020703-01_54db3e41-541d-4bf5-b852-4b88a24ea96f.jpg?v=1774865844"},{"product_id":"harris-brm-swivel-bipod-notched-legs-black","title":"Harris Brm Swivel Bipod Notched Legs 6-9 Inch Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Harris Bipod offers superior support for precision shooting. Featuring adjustable legs, it allows quick height changes to adapt to uneven terrain. Its hardened steel and alloy construction ensures long-lasting durability without adding excessive weight. The bipod folds neatly when not in use and deploys instantly, making it ideal for hunting, target shooting, and tactical applications. Non-slip rubber feet provide added grip for improved control and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches to common sling swivel \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium alloy with some steel parts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard rubber leg caps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged base to allow rifle to tilt left and right \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable legs to suit shooting position \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeg notch locking \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581463175542,"sku":"SPTM-020702","price":139.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/020702-01_518b4174-33a6-4dea-b87d-66833a2f0616.jpg?v=1774866108"},{"product_id":"harris-lm-swivel-bipod-notched-leg-9-13-inch-black","title":"Harris Lm Swivel Bipod Notched Leg 9-13 Inch Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Harris Bipod offers superior support for precision shooting. Featuring adjustable legs, it allows quick height changes to adapt to uneven terrain. Its hardened steel and alloy construction ensures long-lasting durability without adding excessive weight. The bipod folds neatly when not in use and deploys instantly, making it ideal for hunting, target shooting, and tactical applications. Non-slip rubber feet provide added grip for improved control and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches to common sling swivel \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium alloy with some steel parts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard rubber leg caps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged base to allow rifle to tilt left and right \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable legs to suit shooting position \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeg notched locking \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581493911926,"sku":"SPTM-020704","price":139.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/020704-01.jpg?v=1774866293"},{"product_id":"hawke-carbon-fibre-pro-bipod-8-11-inch","title":"Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8-11 Inch - Smooth","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.bam-hawke {\n  font-size:14px;\n  line-height:1.6;\n  color:#292929;\n}\n.bam-hawke p {margin:0 0 18px;}\n.bam-hawke h3 {\n  font-size:13px;\n  font-weight:700;\n  text-transform:uppercase;\n  letter-spacing:.5px;\n  margin:24px 0 12px;\n}\n.bam-hawke ul {padding-left:21px;margin:0 0 22px;}\n.bam-hawke li {margin-bottom:7px;}\n.bam-hawke a {\n  color:#2f2f2f;\n  text-decoration:none !important;\n}\n.bam-hawke a:hover {text-decoration:underline !important;}\n.bam-hawke .nav {\n  text-align:center;\n  padding:10px 0 20px;\n  font-weight:600;\n}\n.bam-hawke .nav a {\n  text-decoration:none !important;\n}\n.bam-hawke .nav a:hover {\n  text-decoration:underline !important;\n}\n.bam-hawke details {\n  border-top:1px solid #dedede;\n  margin:0;\n}\n.bam-hawke details:last-of-type {\n  border-bottom:1px solid #dedede;\n}\n.bam-hawke summary {\n  list-style:none;\n  cursor:pointer;\n  padding:17px 42px 17px 0;\n  position:relative;\n  font-size:13px;\n  font-weight:700;\n  text-transform:uppercase;\n  letter-spacing:.4px;\n}\n.bam-hawke summary::-webkit-details-marker {display:none;}\n.bam-hawke summary:after {\n  content:\"+\";\n  position:absolute;\n  right:8px;\n  top:15px;\n  font-size:18px;\n  font-weight:400;\n}\n.bam-hawke details[open] summary:after {content:\"−\";}\n.bam-hawke .content {padding:0 0 22px;}\n.bam-hawke .specs {width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;}\n.bam-hawke .specs td {\n  padding:10px 8px;\n  border-bottom:1px solid #ededed;\n  vertical-align:top;\n}\n.bam-hawke .specs td:first-child {\n  width:43%;\n  font-weight:600;\n}\n.bam-hawke .compare {\n  width:100%;\n  border-collapse:collapse;\n  font-size:13px;\n}\n.bam-hawke .compare th,\n.bam-hawke .compare td {\n  padding:11px 8px;\n  border-bottom:1px solid #dedede;\n  text-align:left;\n  vertical-align:top;\n}\n.bam-hawke .compare th {font-weight:700;}\n.bam-hawke .table-scroll {overflow-x:auto;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"bam-hawke\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"nav\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bipods\"\u003e Looking for a different bipod? View all Bipods → \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8–11 Inch Smooth is a lightweight, adjustable rifle bipod designed to provide reliable support for shooting at the range or in the field. Featuring strong carbon fibre legs, continuously adjustable smooth leg sections and a quick-release Picatinny mounting system, it combines stability, versatility and low weight in a practical design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeighing just 290g (10.2oz), this Hawke bipod uses compression-sprung smooth legs with twist-lock adjustment. Each leg can be extended independently within the 8–11 inch height range, allowing precise positioning without being restricted to fixed notched increments. This makes the smooth version particularly useful when fine-tuning the height on uneven ground or adjusting the shooting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable head provides horizontal swivel movement and up to 40° of tilt adjustment to either side, helping the rifle remain level when shooting from uneven surfaces. The legs can also be positioned forwards or backwards through a 180° range of motion. Supplied with interchangeable anti-slip rubber feet and spiked feet, the Carbon Fibre Pro Smooth Bipod offers adaptable support across a variety of shooting environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-lightweight carbon fibre leg construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable 8–11 inch (20–28cm) height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompression-sprung smooth legs with twist-lock adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuously variable leg extension for precise height positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent leg adjustment for uneven ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release Picatinny rail mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal swivel adjustment for controlled left and right movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40° left and right tilt adjustment with resettable locking lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e180° forward and backward leg positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable anti-slip rubber feet and spiked feet included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight 290g \/ 10.2oz construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish with carbon fibre leg sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFull Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHawke Optics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Fibre Pro Bipod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth Leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release Picatinny\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompression sprung\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth, twist-lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment Increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuously adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\" \/ 20–28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° forward\/backward range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40° left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal Swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber and spiked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2oz \/ 290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years – subject to Hawke warranty terms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre Construction \u0026amp; Stability\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod uses lightweight carbon fibre legs to reduce overall weight while maintaining a strong, supportive construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt approximately 290g, the smooth model is around 50g lighter than the equivalent notched version. This makes it particularly appealing to shooters who want to minimise additional equipment weight without sacrificing the convenience of an adjustable rifle support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8–11 inch height range can accommodate prone shooting, benchrest use and other suitable shooting positions, depending on the rifle setup and ground conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts combination of independent leg adjustment, swivel movement and controlled tilt makes the bipod useful when shooting from surfaces that are not perfectly level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSmooth Twist-Lock Leg Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the notched Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod, this model uses smooth compression-sprung legs with twist-lock adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth design allows each leg to be extended to the required position within its adjustment range without being restricted to preset notches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo adjust the height, release the twist-lock mechanism, position the leg to the required extension and secure the lock before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause each leg can be adjusted independently, the bipod can be configured to compensate for uneven surfaces or to fine-tune the shooting height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration is particularly suited to shooters who prefer continuously variable adjustment rather than the fixed increments of a notched bipod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMounting \u0026amp; Compatibility\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 71002 features an integrated quick-release Picatinny mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis allows the bipod to be fitted to a suitable Picatinny accessory rail and removed when not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Mounting Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable Picatinny accessory rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRifles fitted with a compatible Picatinny mounting adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bipod does not attach directly to a standard sling swivel stud or an M-LOK slot without a suitable adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor rifles equipped with an M-LOK handguard or a sling swivel stud, an appropriate Picatinny conversion adapter may be required. These adapters are not included with the bipod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways check that the mounting rail or adapter is securely fitted and compatible before using the bipod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSwivel, Tilt \u0026amp; Leg Positioning\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Smooth Bipod offers several adjustment options to accommodate different shooting positions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHorizontal Swivel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe horizontal swivel mechanism allows the rifle to move left and right without having to reposition the bipod feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e40° Tilt Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bipod offers up to 40° of tilt adjustment to either side. A resettable locking lever provides control over the tilt mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e180° Leg Positioning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legs can be positioned forwards or backwards through a 180° range of motion, providing flexibility when deploying, folding or repositioning the bipod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTogether, these adjustments help accommodate uneven ground and changes in shooting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eRubber Feet \u0026amp; Spiked Feet\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod is supplied with interchangeable rubber and spiked feet, allowing the support to be adapted to different surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAnti-Slip Rubber Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rubber feet are suitable for firm surfaces such as shooting benches, mats and other solid supports where grip and surface protection are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpiked Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe alternative spiked feet can provide additional purchase on softer outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth foot types are included with the bipod. Select the appropriate feet for the shooting surface and avoid using spiked feet where they may cause damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSmooth vs Notched – Which Should You Choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro 8–11 Inch Bipod is available in smooth and notched leg configurations. Both feature carbon fibre construction, a quick-release Picatinny mount and adjustable support, but their leg mechanisms differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"compare\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmooth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotched\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHawke Code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotched\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompression\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwist-lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5cm increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicatinny QD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicatinny QD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Smooth Version If:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer continuously variable height adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want to fine-tune each leg independently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer a twist-lock leg mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want the lighter 290g configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Notched Version If:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer positive, repeatable height settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want push-button adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou regularly need to match leg heights using fixed increments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth version offers finer height positioning and lower weight, while the notched version provides repeatable preset adjustment. Both are designed for similar shooting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat's in the Box?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8–11 Inch Smooth Black is supplied with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod – Smooth (71002)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiked feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated quick-release Picatinny mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional rail adapters are not listed as included. Packaging and any printed documentation may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod is covered by a 2-year Hawke manufacturer warranty against qualifying defects in materials and workmanship, subject to the manufacturer's warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere a qualifying manufacturing defect occurs during the warranty period, Hawke may repair or replace the product in accordance with its warranty policy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranty does not normally cover accidental damage, misuse, unauthorised modification or normal wear and tear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProof of purchase may be required when submitting a warranty claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor further information, visit \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hawkeoptics.com\/warranty\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHawke Warranty Information\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchases from Bamfords Online also retain any applicable statutory consumer rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height is the Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Smooth Bipod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth version offers a nominal adjustable height range of 8–11 inches (20–28cm), suitable for a range of shooting positions depending on the rifle and mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between smooth and notched bipod legs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth legs allow continuously variable height adjustment using a twist-lock mechanism. Notched legs use preset adjustment increments with push-button locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Hawke 71002 bipod weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro 8–11 Inch Smooth Bipod weighs approximately 290g (10.2oz).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod fit a Picatinny rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bipod features an integrated quick-release Picatinny mount for attachment to a suitable rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this bipod be fitted to an M-LOK handguard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided a suitable M-LOK to Picatinny adapter is fitted. The bipod does not mount directly to M-LOK slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the bipod fit a sling swivel stud?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly. A suitable sling swivel stud to Picatinny adapter would be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bipod tilt on uneven ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It provides up to 40° of tilt adjustment to either side, controlled by a resettable locking lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bipod swivel horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The horizontal swivel mechanism allows left and right movement without repositioning the bipod feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre rubber and spiked feet included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both anti-slip rubber feet and spiked feet are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Smooth Bipod suitable for prone shooting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8–11 inch height range can be suitable for prone shooting, depending on the rifle configuration, terrain and individual shooting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the manufacturer part number?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer part number for the smooth 8–11 inch model is 71002.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bipod is covered by a 2-year Hawke manufacturer warranty against qualifying defects, subject to the manufacturer's terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 24px;\"\u003eExplore more adjustable rifle supports and accessories in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bipods\" style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003e Bipods Collection → \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581580812662,"sku":"HAWKE-71002","price":104.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Hawke_Bipod_71002_Carbon_Fiber_Pro_Smooth_Leg_8_11.jpg?v=1778578715"},{"product_id":"hawke-carbon-fibre-pro-bipod-8-11-inch-notched","title":"Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8-11 Inch - Notched","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.bam-hawke {\n  font-size:14px;\n  line-height:1.6;\n  color:#292929;\n}\n.bam-hawke p {margin:0 0 18px;}\n.bam-hawke h3 {\n  font-size:13px;\n  font-weight:700;\n  text-transform:uppercase;\n  letter-spacing:.5px;\n  margin:24px 0 12px;\n}\n.bam-hawke ul {padding-left:21px;margin:0 0 22px;}\n.bam-hawke li {margin-bottom:7px;}\n.bam-hawke a {color:#2f2f2f;text-decoration:none;}\n.bam-hawke a:hover {text-decoration:underline;}\n.bam-hawke .nav {\n  text-align:center;\n  padding:10px 0 20px;\n  font-weight:600;\n}\n.bam-hawke details {\n  border-top:1px solid #dedede;\n  margin:0;\n}\n.bam-hawke details:last-child {\n  border-bottom:1px solid #dedede;\n}\n.bam-hawke summary {\n  list-style:none;\n  cursor:pointer;\n  padding:17px 42px 17px 0;\n  position:relative;\n  font-size:13px;\n  font-weight:700;\n  text-transform:uppercase;\n  letter-spacing:.4px;\n}\n.bam-hawke summary::-webkit-details-marker {display:none;}\n.bam-hawke summary:after {\n  content:\"+\";\n  position:absolute;\n  right:8px;\n  top:15px;\n  font-size:18px;\n  font-weight:400;\n}\n.bam-hawke details[open] summary:after {content:\"−\";}\n.bam-hawke .content {padding:0 0 22px;}\n.bam-hawke .specs {width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;}\n.bam-hawke .specs td {\n  padding:10px 8px;\n  border-bottom:1px solid #ededed;\n  vertical-align:top;\n}\n.bam-hawke .specs td:first-child {width:43%;font-weight:600;}\n.bam-hawke .compare {width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;font-size:13px;}\n.bam-hawke .compare th,.bam-hawke .compare td {\n  padding:11px 8px;\n  border-bottom:1px solid #dedede;\n  text-align:left;\n  vertical-align:top;\n}\n.bam-hawke .compare th {font-weight:700;}\n.bam-hawke .table-scroll {overflow-x:auto;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"bam-hawke\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 10px 0 20px;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bipods\" style=\"color: #2f2f2f; text-decoration: none !important; font-weight: 600;\"\u003e Looking for a different bipod? View all Bipods → \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8–11 Inch Notched is a lightweight, adjustable rifle bipod designed to provide dependable support for shooting at the range or in the field. Combining strong carbon fibre legs with a quick-release Picatinny mounting system, it offers a practical balance of stability, portability and adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeighing just 340g, this Hawke bipod features tension-sprung notched legs with push-button locks, allowing the height to be adjusted between 8 and 11 inches in repeatable 1.5cm increments. The notched design is particularly useful when setting both legs to a consistent height or making individual adjustments on uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile head provides horizontal swivel movement and up to 40° of tilt adjustment to either side, helping accommodate changes in shooting position and uneven surfaces. The legs can also be positioned through a 180° forward and backward range of motion. Supplied with both anti-slip rubber feet and spiked feet, the Carbon Fibre Pro is designed for use across a variety of surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight carbon fibre legs for strength without unnecessary bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable 8–11 inch (20–28cm) height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTension-sprung notched legs with secure push-button locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeatable height adjustment in 0.6 inch \/ 1.5cm increments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release Picatinny rail mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal swivel adjustment for controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40° left and right tilt adjustment with resettable locking lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e180° forward and backward leg positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable anti-slip rubber and spiked feet included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight 340g construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish with carbon fibre leg sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFull Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHawke Optics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Fibre Pro Bipod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotched Leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release Picatinny\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTension sprung\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotched, push-button lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment Increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6\" \/ 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\" \/ 20–28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounted Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7–10.2\" \/ 19.5–26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounted Height with Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5–11.2\" \/ 21.5–28.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.1–9.6\" \/ 18–24.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint with Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7–11.2\" \/ 22–28.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° forward\/backward range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40° left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal Swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber and spiked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12oz \/ 340g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre Construction \u0026amp; Stability\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod uses lightweight carbon fibre leg sections to help reduce the weight carried on the rifle while maintaining a strong support structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt approximately 340g, the notched version is suited to shooters looking for a portable rifle support without the additional weight associated with some heavier bipod designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable legs provide support for prone shooting, benchrest use and other positions where the height and surface conditions are suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts combination of adjustable leg positioning, swivel movement and tilt control makes it particularly useful when working on ground that is not perfectly level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eNotched Leg Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model uses tension-sprung notched legs rather than the smooth twist-lock legs found on the alternative Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe push-button locking system allows each leg to be adjusted in defined 1.5cm increments, making it straightforward to reproduce a previous height setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth legs can be adjusted independently, which is helpful when positioning the bipod on uneven ground or compensating for differences in surface height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe notched mechanism is a good choice for shooters who prefer positive, repeatable adjustment rather than continuously variable leg extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMounting \u0026amp; Compatibility\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 71006 is fitted with a quick-release Picatinny mount for attachment to a suitable rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting system allows the bipod to be attached and removed without permanently fixing it to the rifle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Mounting Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable Picatinny accessory rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRifles with a correctly fitted compatible Picatinny rail or adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bipod does not attach directly to a standard sling swivel stud or an M-LOK slot without a suitable adapter. Check the mounting arrangement on your rifle before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor rifles without a Picatinny rail, a compatible rail adapter may be required and is not included as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSwivel, Tilt \u0026amp; Leg Positioning\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod offers a range of adjustments to help maintain a comfortable and stable shooting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHorizontal Swivel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorizontal swivel movement allows the rifle to be moved left or right without repositioning the entire bipod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e40° Tilt Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bipod provides up to 40° of tilt adjustment to either side. A resettable locking lever allows the tilt mechanism to be controlled and secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e180° Leg Positioning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legs can be positioned forwards or backwards through a 180° range of motion, offering flexibility for different shooting positions, transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eRubber Feet \u0026amp; Spiked Feet\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod is supplied with two different foot options to suit different surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAnti-Slip Rubber Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rubber feet provide grip on firm surfaces such as shooting benches, mats and other solid supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpiked Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe alternative spiked feet are intended for softer outdoor surfaces where additional purchase may be useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth foot types are included, allowing the setup to be adapted to the shooting environment. Spiked feet should not be used on surfaces where they could cause damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eNotched vs Smooth – Which Should You Choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHawke offers the Carbon Fibre Pro 8–11 Inch Bipod in both notched and smooth leg configurations. Both use lightweight carbon fibre construction and a quick-release Picatinny mounting system, but the leg adjustment mechanisms differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"compare\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotched\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmooth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHawke Code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNotched\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompression\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwist-lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5cm increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–11\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicatinny QD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicatinny QD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Notched Version If:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer positive, repeatable height settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want quick push-button leg adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou regularly need to set both legs to matching heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Smooth Version If:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer continuously adjustable leg extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want the lighter 290g configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou prefer a twist-lock adjustment mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth configurations are designed to provide adjustable support. The better choice depends primarily on your preferred adjustment mechanism and whether minimum weight is a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat's in the Box?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod 8–11 Inch Notched is supplied with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod – Notched (71006)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiked feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated quick-release Picatinny mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting mechanism forms part of the bipod. Additional rail adapters are not listed as included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWarranty Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod is covered by a \u003cstrong\u003e2-year Hawke manufacturer warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e against defects in materials and workmanship, subject to the manufacturer's warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a qualifying manufacturing defect occurs during the warranty period, Hawke may repair the product or replace it with an equivalent product if repair is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranty does not cover damage caused by misuse, abuse or excessive wear and tear. Proof of purchase should accompany a warranty claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full manufacturer warranty terms, visit \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hawkeoptics.com\/warranty\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHawke Warranty Information\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchases from Bamfords Online also retain any applicable statutory consumer rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height is the Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Bipod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe notched model has a nominal adjustable height range of 8–11 inches (20–28cm). Actual mounted height varies according to the feet fitted and the mounting configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the notched and smooth versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe notched model uses tension-sprung legs with push-button locks and fixed 1.5cm adjustment increments. The smooth version uses compression-sprung legs with twist-lock adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Hawke 71006 bipod weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hawke Carbon Fibre Pro Notched Bipod weighs approximately 340g (12oz).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this bipod fit a Picatinny rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a quick-release Picatinny mount for attachment to a suitable compatible rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an M-LOK handguard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly. A suitable M-LOK to Picatinny rail adapter is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a rifle with a sling swivel stud?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly. A suitable sling swivel stud to Picatinny adapter would be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bipod tilt on uneven ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bipod offers up to 40° of tilt adjustment to the left and right, controlled by a resettable locking lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bipod swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Horizontal swivel adjustment allows left and right movement without repositioning the bipod feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre spiked feet included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both anti-slip rubber feet and spiked feet are supplied with this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the bipod suitable for prone shooting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8–11 inch height range can be suitable for prone shooting, depending on the rifle, mounting position, ground conditions and the shooter's preferred position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Hawke product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer part number for the Carbon Fibre Pro 8–11 Inch Notched Bipod is 71006.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bipod has a 2-year Hawke manufacturer warranty against qualifying defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 24px;\"\u003eExplore more adjustable rifle supports and accessories in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bipods\" style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBipods Collection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Hawke","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57581593002358,"sku":"HAWKE-71006","price":104.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/Hawke_Bipod_71006_Carbon_Fiber_Pro_Notched_Leg_8_11_e87bb1e5-a8a4-4f6e-b5a1-abe9bd22a93e.jpg?v=1778578694"},{"product_id":"bisley-airgun-cleaning-kit","title":"Bisley Airgun Cleaning Kit","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"309\"\u003eKeep your air rifle performing at its best with the Bisley Airgun Cleaning Kit — a practical and easy-to-use maintenance kit designed specifically for airguns. Ideal for routine cleaning and care, this kit helps remove dirt, residue, and build-up from the barrel to maintain accuracy and reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"311\" data-end=\"497\"\u003eCompact and convenient, the Bisley Airgun Cleaning Kit is suitable for use at home, in the workshop, or out in the field, making it an essential addition to any airgun maintenance setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"q4c1cr\" data-start=\"499\" data-end=\"512\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"718\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"y1bxs3\" data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"559\"\u003eDesigned specifically for airgun maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1o6ge1a\" data-start=\"560\" data-end=\"620\"\u003eHelps maintain barrel cleanliness and shooting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"11y35tt\" data-start=\"621\" data-end=\"647\"\u003eCompact and portable kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1gfv3zn\" data-start=\"648\" data-end=\"685\"\u003eIdeal for routine cleaning and care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1nkyxkh\" data-start=\"686\" data-end=\"718\"\u003eSuitable for home or field use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"6podeq\" data-start=\"720\" data-end=\"734\"\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"735\" data-end=\"832\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"j299f8\" data-start=\"735\" data-end=\"753\"\u003eAir rifle owners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"w8rcc6\" data-start=\"754\" data-end=\"771\"\u003eTarget shooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"15hvyzx\" data-start=\"772\" data-end=\"803\"\u003ePest control and field sports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1c1k1k9\" data-start=\"804\" data-end=\"832\"\u003eRegular airgun maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"834\" data-end=\"995\" data-is-last-node=\"\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003eA reliable choice for keeping your airgun clean and protected, the Bisley Airgun Cleaning Kit provides an easy solution for ongoing firearm care and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bisley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57585940169078,"sku":"ACK","price":12.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/air-gun-cleanin_FB392152_large_95950e3d-29ff-4614-a528-3ea723f516b1.jpg?v=1774945787"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-clamping-aluminium-tripod-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Clamping Aluminium Tripod Shooting Stick - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    list-style: none;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Aluminium Tripod Shooting Stick in Black is a stable, hands-free shooting support designed for hunters, pest controllers and shooters who want greater control in the field. Combining a fully adjustable aluminium tripod with BOG's DeathGrip clamping system, it securely supports the firearm and provides a solid shooting position across a wide range of terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional shooting sticks that require the rifle to be continually balanced or supported by the shooter, the BOG DeathGrip clamps around the firearm to create a secure hands-free platform. This makes it particularly useful when waiting for a shot, glassing an area, using other equipment or preparing for a longer period in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable tripod legs allow the DeathGrip to be configured for standing, kneeling, sitting and prone shooting positions. A 360° panning head provides smooth horizontal movement when following a target, while tilt adjustment allows the rifle position to be fine-tuned without repositioning the entire tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eDurable aluminium construction makes this version of the BOG DeathGrip a dependable choice for regular field use. Retractable steel leg spikes provide additional purchase on softer or uneven terrain, while an integrated bubble level helps the shooter establish a stable, level platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003ch3 class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBOG DeathGrip clamping system securely supports the firearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eStable aluminium tripod construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHands-free rifle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning head for smooth target tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable tilt for precise firearm positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIndependently adjustable tripod legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThree-position leg locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for standing, kneeling, sitting and prone positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRetractable steel spikes for additional grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for hunting, pest control and field shooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow the BOG DeathGrip Works\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe key difference between the BOG DeathGrip and conventional rifle shooting sticks is its clamping head. The firearm can be secured within the padded DeathGrip jaws, creating a stable support that does not need to be continuously held in place by the shooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eOnce secured, the tripod can support the rifle while still allowing controlled panning and adjustment. This provides a steady shooting platform while leaving the shooter's hands available when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eAdjustable Shooting Positions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe independently adjustable legs and three-position leg locks allow the BOG DeathGrip Aluminium Tripod to adapt to different shooting heights and uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIt can be configured for standing, kneeling, sitting or prone shooting, making it a versatile alternative to traditional bipods and fixed-height shooting sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e360° Pan \u0026amp; Tilt\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe tripod head provides 360° horizontal panning, allowing the shooter to track movement without having to lift and reposition the complete tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eTilt adjustment provides further control over the firearm's position, helping the shooter establish a comfortable and stable aim across changing terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTripod shooting stick \/ shooting support\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip clamping head\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIndependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e3-position leg locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRetractable steel spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLevel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8.5 lb \/ 3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Is It For?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Aluminium Tripod is particularly well suited to shooters who prioritise maximum stability over minimum carrying weight. Its secure clamping system makes it useful for hunting, pest and predator control, range use and situations where the shooter may need to remain ready for an extended period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eFor shooters who find traditional rifle sticks difficult to balance on, the DeathGrip system also provides the reassurance of physically securing the firearm within the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip hold the rifle without using your hands?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The DeathGrip head is designed to clamp around and securely support the firearm, allowing it to remain supported without having to continuously balance the rifle on the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the BOG DeathGrip be used standing up?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its adjustable legs allow it to be configured for standing as well as kneeling, sitting and prone shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip rotate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The head provides 360° panning, allowing the firearm to be moved horizontally for target tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs this the aluminium BOG DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. This listing is for the aluminium version of the BOG DeathGrip Tripod Shooting Stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat colour is this BOG DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis product listing is specifically for the Black version. The Mossy Oak version is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs a BOG DeathGrip more stable than ordinary shooting sticks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip is designed to provide a highly stable shooting platform by combining three-point tripod support with a clamping head that secures the firearm. This differs from conventional shooting sticks where the firearm normally rests freely on the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57905337926006,"sku":"SPTM-125187","price":199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/125187-01.jpg?v=1774960887"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-clamping-carbon-tripod-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Clamping Carbon Fibre Tripod Shooting Stick","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Carbon Fibre Tripod Shooting Stick is a premium shooting support designed to provide exceptional stability while reducing the weight associated with a full-size shooting tripod. Combining strong carbon-fibre legs with BOG's patented DeathGrip clamping head, it securely supports your firearm to create a stable, hands-free shooting platform in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eWeighing approximately 7.5 lb (3.4 kg), the carbon-fibre DeathGrip is around 1 lb lighter than the aluminium version while retaining the rigid, planted feel that has made the BOG DeathGrip one of the best-known clamping shooting tripods. The reduced flex of the carbon-fibre legs also provides a solid platform when precision and stability matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eWith a height range extending up to approximately 59 inches, independently adjustable legs and multiple leg-angle positions, the tripod can be configured for standing, kneeling, sitting and low shooting positions. A 360° panning head with adjustable tension allows smooth target tracking, while up to 25° of forward and backward cant helps compensate for changing angles and uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eFor hunters, pest controllers and field shooters who want the stability of a BOG DeathGrip but would prefer a lighter tripod to carry between positions, the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip is the premium choice within the traditional DeathGrip range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium BOG DeathGrip carbon-fibre shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented DeathGrip clamping head\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSecure hands-free firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight, rigid carbon-fibre legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximately 7.5 lb \/ 3.4 kg overall weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shooting height up to approximately 59\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning head with tension adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUp to 25° forward and backward cant adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple leg-angle positions for different shooting heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring rubber clamp inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRetractable steel feet for additional grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for standing, kneeling and low shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Clamping System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAt the centre of the tripod is BOG's patented DeathGrip clamping head. Rather than simply resting the firearm on top of conventional shooting sticks, the adjustable clamp securely holds the firearm's forend between protective rubber inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis creates a hands-free shooting support, allowing the firearm to remain positioned while you glass an area, operate other equipment or wait for the right opportunity without continuously balancing it on the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre Construction\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe carbon-fibre legs are the main difference between this model and the standard aluminium BOG DeathGrip. Carbon fibre reduces the tripod's overall weight while providing excellent rigidity and resistance to flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAt approximately 7.5 lb, the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip is around 1 lb lighter than the aluminium version, making it the better option for shooters who regularly carry their tripod between shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e360° Pan \u0026amp; 25° Cant\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip head can pan through a full 360°, with tension adjustment allowing the resistance to be tailored to the shooter. This makes it possible to follow movement without lifting and repositioning the entire tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe tilt adjustment provides up to 25° of forward and backward cant, giving additional flexibility when setting up on sloping or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eAdjustable Shooting Positions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable tripod legs and multiple leg-angle positions allow the DeathGrip to be configured for a wide variety of shooting positions. It can be used at standing height or lowered for kneeling, sitting and low shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIndependent leg positioning is particularly useful on uneven terrain, where each leg may need to be positioned differently to create a stable platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre vs Aluminium DeathGrip\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBoth versions use the proven BOG DeathGrip concept and are designed to provide a highly stable clamping shooting platform. The main difference is the leg construction and resulting weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe standard aluminium DeathGrip weighs approximately 8.5 lb, while this Carbon Fibre model weighs approximately 7.5 lb. The carbon-fibre construction therefore saves around 1 lb while also providing excellent rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIf maximum value is the priority, the aluminium DeathGrip remains an excellent choice. For shooters who regularly carry their tripod and want to reduce weight without sacrificing the DeathGrip's stability, the Carbon Fibre model is the more premium option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Carbon Fibre Tripod\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e1099443\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping tripod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 7.5 lb \/ 3.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360° pan with tension adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCant Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eUp to 25° forwards and backwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePatented BOG DeathGrip with non-marring rubber inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRubber feet with retractable steel spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLevel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Is the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip For?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis version is particularly well suited to shooters who want the secure clamping support of the original BOG DeathGrip but place greater importance on carrying weight and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIt is a strong choice for hunting, stalking, pest control and field shooting where a full tripod provides more stability than conventional twin or three-leg shooting sticks, particularly when the shooter may spend longer periods waiting in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the BOG DeathGrip Carbon Fibre and Aluminium tripods?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe principal difference is the leg material and weight. The Carbon Fibre DeathGrip weighs approximately 7.5 lb compared with approximately 8.5 lb for the aluminium version, saving around 1 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip hold the firearm hands-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The patented DeathGrip head clamps around the firearm's forend to securely support it without requiring the shooter to continuously balance it on the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG DeathGrip Carbon Fibre Tripod?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe legs extend to approximately 59 inches, allowing the tripod to accommodate standing as well as lower shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip Carbon Fibre rotate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The head provides a full 360° of panning movement with adjustable tension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the DeathGrip be used on uneven ground?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its adjustable tripod legs, multiple leg-angle positions, cant adjustment and retractable steel feet make it suitable for setting up across a variety of uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWill the clamp mark the firearm?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip clamp uses non-marring rubber inserts designed to securely grip the firearm while protecting its finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587208978806,"sku":"SPTM-125188","price":299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/125188-01.jpg?v=1774961808"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-camo-tripod-bottom-land-mossy-oak","title":"BOG Death Grip Clamping Aluminium Tripod  Shooting Stick - Bottom Land Mossy Oak","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Aluminium Tripod Shooting Stick in Mossy Oak Bottomland combines the renowned stability of the original DeathGrip with a distinctive camouflage finish designed for use in the field. Its patented clamping head securely supports your firearm, creating a rock-solid, hands-free shooting platform for hunting, pest control and field shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eRather than simply resting the rifle on conventional shooting sticks, the BOG DeathGrip clamps around the firearm's forend using protective non-marring inserts. This allows the firearm to remain securely supported while you wait for a shot, observe an area or operate other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe durable aluminium tripod features independently adjustable legs with three-position leg locks, allowing it to adapt from low shooting positions through to standing use. A 360° panning head with adjustable tension provides smooth target tracking, while up to 25° of cant adjustment helps achieve a stable position across sloping and uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThis Mossy Oak Bottomland version combines the proven aluminium DeathGrip platform with a classic camouflage pattern, making it particularly well suited to shooters who want their equipment to blend more naturally into woodland and field environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBOG DeathGrip aluminium shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMossy Oak Bottomland camouflage finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented DeathGrip clamping head\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSecure hands-free firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable aluminium tripod construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning head with adjustable tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUp to 25° forward and backward cant adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIndependently adjustable legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThree-position leg locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring clamp inserts help protect the firearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRetractable steel foot spikes for additional grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for standing, kneeling, sitting and low shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Clamping System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe patented BOG DeathGrip head is designed to securely clamp around the firearm's forend rather than requiring the rifle to be continuously balanced on top of the shooting support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eNon-marring inserts within the jaws provide secure contact while helping to protect the firearm's finish. Once clamped into position, the rifle can remain supported hands-free, which is particularly useful when waiting for an opportunity or remaining in position for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eMossy Oak Bottomland Camo\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis version of the BOG DeathGrip features a Mossy Oak Bottomland camouflage finish rather than the standard Black appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe woodland-inspired camouflage makes it an attractive choice for hunting and field use where shooters may prefer equipment that blends more naturally with surrounding vegetation, trees and ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e360° Pan \u0026amp; Cant Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip head provides a full 360° of horizontal panning movement, allowing the shooter to follow a moving target without lifting and repositioning the complete tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAdjustable pan tension lets you control the resistance of the movement, while up to 25° of forward and backward cant provides additional flexibility when shooting across uneven or sloping ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eAdjustable Shooting Positions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIndependently adjustable legs and three-position leg locks allow the tripod to accommodate a wide range of shooting heights and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip can be configured for standing, kneeling, sitting and lower shooting positions, while independent leg adjustment makes it easier to establish a level platform where the ground is uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eAluminium Construction\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe aluminium leg construction provides a strong and dependable shooting platform designed for regular field use. The tripod weighs approximately 8.5 lb (3.9 kg), giving it a planted feel when set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eFor shooters who prioritise stability and value, the aluminium DeathGrip is an excellent option. BOG also produces a lighter carbon-fibre DeathGrip for shooters who place greater emphasis on reducing carrying weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Camo\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e1164398\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping tripod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMossy Oak Bottomland camouflage\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8.5 lb \/ 3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360° pan with tension adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCant Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eUp to 25° forwards and backwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG DeathGrip with non-marring inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIndependent with 3-position leg locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRetractable steel spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLevel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBlack vs Mossy Oak DeathGrip\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis Mossy Oak Bottomland model uses the same core aluminium DeathGrip concept as the Black aluminium version, including the clamping head, adjustable tripod legs, 360° pan and cant adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe principal difference is the finish. Choose this version if you prefer the Mossy Oak Bottomland camouflage appearance for hunting and field use, or the Black DeathGrip if you prefer a more understated solid finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat camouflage pattern is this BOG DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis version features the Mossy Oak Bottomland camouflage pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs this the aluminium BOG DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. This model uses aluminium tripod legs and weighs approximately 8.5 lb (3.9 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip hold a rifle hands-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The DeathGrip head clamps around the firearm's forend, allowing it to remain securely supported without having to continuously balance it on the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the BOG DeathGrip be used standing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable legs allow the tripod to accommodate standing as well as kneeling, sitting and lower shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip rotate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The head provides 360° panning with adjustable tension, making it easier to track movement from a fixed shooting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Fibre DeathGrip uses lighter carbon-fibre legs and weighs approximately 7.5 lb. This aluminium model weighs approximately 8.5 lb and offers the same fundamental DeathGrip-style clamping support in a heavier aluminium platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587245384054,"sku":"SPTM-159213","price":294.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/159213_01.jpg?v=1774962274"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-infinite-aluminium-tripod-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Infinite Clamping Aluminium Tripod Shooting Stick - Green","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite Aluminium Tripod Shooting Stick takes the original DeathGrip concept further with a highly adjustable ball-head system designed to give the shooter greater freedom of movement while maintaining a secure, hands-free shooting platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eAt the centre of the DeathGrip Infinite is BOG's adjustable clamping head, which securely holds the firearm between non-marring jaw inserts. The Infinite's low-profile ball head then provides 360° pan and extensive angle adjustment, allowing the firearm to be repositioned smoothly without moving the complete tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eStrong aluminium legs use quick-release Arca-Swiss mounts and four leg-angle positions, allowing the tripod to transition from very low shooting positions through to a maximum height of approximately 59½ inches. This versatility makes the DeathGrip Infinite particularly useful for hunting, stalking, pest control and field shooting across changing terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe system also includes an optics plate, allowing compatible spotting or observation equipment to be mounted to the tripod. Combined with the quick-release mounting system, this makes the Infinite much more than a conventional set of rifle shooting sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium BOG DeathGrip Infinite shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eStrong aluminium leg construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDeathGrip clamping head securely supports the firearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring jaw inserts help protect the firearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLow-profile ball head for extensive angle adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning for smooth target tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOptics plate included for quick equipment changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFour leg-angle positions: 20°, 45°, 60° and 85°\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable from approximately 2.59\" to 59.5\" high\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eProprietary high-quality rubber feet with removable steel spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHub-mounted gear hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for prone through to standing shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePadded carrying case included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Infinite Clamping System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip head securely clamps around the firearm's forend, creating a stable shooting support without requiring the shooter to continuously balance the rifle on top of the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eNon-marring jaw inserts are designed to provide secure contact while helping protect the firearm's finish. Once positioned, the rifle can remain supported hands-free while you observe an area, operate other equipment or wait for the right opportunity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eInfinite Ball Head\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe key feature separating the DeathGrip Infinite from the traditional DeathGrip is its low-profile ball-head design. Rather than limiting movement primarily to pan and cant, the Infinite provides considerably greater freedom to position the firearm at different angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe head can pan through 360°, making it easier to track movement and rapidly adjust your shooting direction while keeping the tripod planted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eArca-Swiss Quick-Release System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Infinite uses a quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system. This makes the tripod considerably more versatile and allows compatible accessories to be changed quickly rather than restricting the tripod to one permanent setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAn optics plate is also supplied, allowing the tripod to be used with compatible observation equipment as well as the DeathGrip shooting head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eProne to Standing Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWith four leg-angle positions of 20°, 45°, 60° and 85°, the BOG DeathGrip Infinite can be configured across an exceptionally broad range of shooting heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIts approximately 2.59\" minimum height allows an extremely low setup, while the legs extend to approximately 59.5\" for standing use. This makes one tripod suitable for prone, sitting, kneeling and standing shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBuilt for Uneven Terrain\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIndependent leg positioning makes it easier to establish a stable shooting platform on sloping and uneven ground. An integrated bubble level provides a quick visual reference when levelling the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe legs are fitted with durable rubber feet for hard surfaces, while removable steel spikes provide additional purchase when setting up on softer ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Infinite vs Original DeathGrip\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe original BOG DeathGrip is an excellent choice for shooters who primarily want a simple, highly stable clamping tripod. The DeathGrip Infinite is designed for those wanting considerably more adjustment and versatility from the same basic concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Infinite adds a low-profile ball head, Arca-Swiss quick-release mounting, an optics plate and an exceptionally broad range of leg positions. This makes it better suited to shooters who regularly change positions, shooting angles or tripod-mounted equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping shooting tripod\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 7 lb 3 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMinimum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 59.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Angles\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e20°, 45°, 60° and 85°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLow-profile ball head\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eQuick-release Arca-Swiss\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFirearm Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG DeathGrip clamp with non-marring inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRubber feet with removable steel spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLevel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarry Case\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePadded carrying case included\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite Aluminium Tripod is supplied with the DeathGrip clamping system, quick-release mounting hardware, optics plate and a padded carrying case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the BOG DeathGrip Infinite?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Infinite is a highly adjustable version of BOG's clamping shooting tripod. It combines the DeathGrip firearm clamp with a low-profile ball head, 360° pan and Arca-Swiss quick-release mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the DeathGrip Infinite and standard DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Infinite offers considerably greater adjustment and versatility. Its ball head, Arca-Swiss mounting system, optics plate and four leg-angle positions allow it to accommodate a broader range of shooting and observation setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the BOG DeathGrip Infinite hold a rifle hands-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The DeathGrip clamp is designed to securely support the firearm without requiring the shooter to continuously balance it on the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan you mount optics on the DeathGrip Infinite?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. An optics plate is included, allowing compatible optics or observation equipment to be mounted using the tripod's quick-release system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the DeathGrip Infinite be used prone?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its wide range of leg angles allows the tripod to be lowered to approximately 2.59\", as well as extending to approximately 59.5\" for standing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the DeathGrip Infinite use Arca-Swiss?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The tripod uses a quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system, increasing its compatibility and making it easier to change between supported equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587268419958,"sku":"SPTM-159208","price":315.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/159208_01.jpg?v=1774962504"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-infinite-carbon-fibre-tripod","title":"BOG Death Grip Infinite Clamping Carbon Fibre Tripod Shooting Stick","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre Tripod Shooting Stick combines BOG's secure DeathGrip clamping system with lightweight carbon-fibre legs and the highly adjustable Infinite tripod platform. Designed for shooters who want maximum stability without carrying unnecessary weight, it provides a premium hands-free shooting support for hunting, stalking, pest control and demanding field use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip clamping head securely supports the firearm using non-marring jaw inserts, while the Infinite low-profile ball head provides extensive freedom of movement and smooth 360° panning. This allows the shooter to track and reposition without repeatedly moving the entire tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eCarbon-fibre legs reduce the overall weight to approximately 5 lb 14 oz while maintaining a strong, rigid shooting platform. Combined with an exceptionally broad height range of approximately 2.59\" to 59.5\", the DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre can transition from extremely low shooting positions through to full standing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eA quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system and included optics plate further increase its versatility, allowing the tripod to be used for more than firearm support alone. For shooters looking for one of the most capable BOG shooting tripods, the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip Infinite sits at the top of the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium BOG DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDeathGrip clamping head for secure firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring jaw inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight and rigid carbon-fibre legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximate weight of just 5 lb 14 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLow-profile ball head for extensive angle adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning for smooth target tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOptics plate included\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable from approximately 2.59\" to 59.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple leg-angle positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRubber feet with removable steel spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHub-mounted gear hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for prone through to standing shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePadded carrying case included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Clamping System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip head securely clamps around the firearm's forend rather than requiring it to simply rest on top of the shooting support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eProtective non-marring jaw inserts provide secure contact while helping protect the firearm's finish. Once clamped into position, the firearm can remain supported hands-free while the shooter observes an area, operates other equipment or waits for the right opportunity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre Construction\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe premium carbon-fibre legs significantly reduce the carrying weight of the DeathGrip Infinite while retaining the rigidity required from a precision shooting tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAt approximately 5 lb 14 oz, this Carbon Fibre Infinite is considerably lighter than the aluminium Infinite, making it particularly attractive for shooters who regularly cover ground while carrying their shooting support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eInfinite Ball Head \u0026amp; 360° Pan\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe low-profile ball head is one of the major advantages of the DeathGrip Infinite system. It provides considerably greater freedom of movement than a conventional fixed shooting-stick head while maintaining a secure shooting platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eFull 360° panning allows smooth horizontal target tracking, while the ball-head design provides extensive angle adjustment for shooting across changing terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eArca-Swiss Quick-Release System\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Infinite uses a quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system, allowing compatible equipment to be attached and removed rapidly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAn optics plate is supplied with the tripod, making it possible to switch from the DeathGrip shooting setup to compatible observation equipment without requiring a completely separate tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eProne to Standing Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable carbon-fibre legs allow the tripod to cover an exceptionally broad range of shooting positions. With an approximate minimum height of 2.59\" and maximum height of 59.5\", the same tripod can be configured from very low positions through to standing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eMultiple leg-angle settings and independently adjustable legs also make it easier to establish a stable shooting position on sloping or uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre vs Aluminium Infinite\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBoth DeathGrip Infinite models provide the same core concept: a DeathGrip clamping system combined with a highly adjustable ball head and Arca-Swiss mounting platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe major advantage of this Carbon Fibre version is weight. At approximately 5 lb 14 oz, it is significantly lighter than the aluminium DeathGrip Infinite, making it the better choice for shooters who expect to carry the tripod over longer distances or frequently move between positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Aluminium Infinite remains an excellent option where value is the priority, while the Carbon Fibre Infinite is the premium choice where reduced weight matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping shooting tripod\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5 lb 14 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMinimum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 59.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLow-profile ball head\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eQuick-release Arca-Swiss\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFirearm Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip clamp with non-marring jaw inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRubber feet with removable steel spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLevel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIntegrated bubble level\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eGear Hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHub mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarry Case\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePadded carrying case included\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre Tripod is supplied with the DeathGrip clamping system, quick-release mounting hardware, optics plate and padded carrying case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Carbon Fibre and Aluminium DeathGrip Infinite?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe biggest difference is the leg material and resulting weight. This Carbon Fibre model weighs approximately 5 lb 14 oz, making it considerably lighter to carry than the aluminium version while retaining the Infinite's versatile mounting and adjustment system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre clamp the rifle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. It includes BOG's DeathGrip clamping head with non-marring jaw inserts, providing secure hands-free firearm support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes it use an Arca-Swiss mount?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The DeathGrip Infinite uses a quick-release Arca-Swiss mounting system, allowing compatible equipment to be attached and changed quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan optics be fitted to the tripod?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. An optics plate is included for use with compatible observation equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip Infinite be used prone?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its broad adjustment range allows it to be lowered to approximately 2.59\" and extended up to approximately 59.5\", covering very low through to standing positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWho should choose the Carbon Fibre DeathGrip Infinite?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt is particularly suited to shooters who want the versatility of the DeathGrip Infinite platform but want to minimise carrying weight. This makes it especially useful for mobile hunting, stalking and field shooting where the tripod may be carried over longer distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587286671734,"sku":"SPTM-159212","price":399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/159212-01_1.jpg?v=1774962883"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-infinite-xt-carbon-fibre-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Infinite Clamping XT Carbon Fibre Shooting Stick","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite XT Carbon Fibre Tripod Shooting Stick is BOG's extended-height premium shooting platform, combining lightweight carbon-fibre construction with the versatility of the DeathGrip Infinite system. Designed for hunting, stalking, pest control and precision field shooting, the Infinite XT provides a highly adaptable platform for shooting, glassing and filming from the same tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe defining feature of the Infinite XT is its 10-inch centre post, providing fast one-touch height adjustment and extending the overall working range from approximately 20\" to an impressive 72\". This makes the XT particularly useful for taller shooters and situations where rapid height changes are required without repeatedly adjusting all three tripod legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eCarbon-fibre legs keep the complete tripod weight to approximately 6.6 lb (3.0 kg), while quiet twist locks allow fast and secure deployment in the field. Three selectable leg angles of 20°, 45° and 85° provide further flexibility when moving between sitting, kneeling and standing positions or setting up across uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eArca-Swiss compatibility allows the Infinite XT to transition between shooting, observation and filming equipment, making this much more than a conventional set of shooting sticks. For shooters looking for maximum height and versatility from the BOG DeathGrip range, the Infinite XT is the flagship option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePremium BOG DeathGrip Infinite XT Carbon Fibre tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e10\" centre post for rapid one-touch height adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eExtended 20\"–72\" working height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight carbon-fibre construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximate weight of 6.6 lb \/ 3.0 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eArca-Swiss compatible mounting platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for shooting, glassing and filming\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFast and quiet twist-lock leg adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e20°, 45° and 85° leg-angle positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for sitting through to full standing positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for rapid adjustment in changing terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCarry case included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e10-Inch XT Centre Post\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe major difference between the Infinite XT and the standard DeathGrip Infinite is the addition of a 10-inch centre post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eRather than altering all three legs every time a small height adjustment is required, the centre post provides fast one-touch vertical adjustment. This is particularly useful when changing shooting stance, moving between terrain levels or fine-tuning the height of mounted optics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e20\"–72\" Height Range\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Infinite XT adjusts from approximately 20 inches to 72 inches in height, giving it considerably more maximum height than the standard Infinite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe extended 72-inch maximum makes the XT particularly suitable for taller shooters, while the broad adjustment range covers sitting, kneeling and standing shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCarbon Fibre Construction\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eCarbon-fibre construction provides an excellent combination of strength, rigidity and manageable carrying weight. Despite its extended-height design and centre column, the Infinite XT weighs approximately 6.6 lb (3.0 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis makes it practical to carry across varied terrain while still providing the substantial stability expected from a full-size BOG shooting tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eArca-Swiss Compatibility\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Infinite XT is Arca-Swiss compatible, allowing the same tripod platform to be used with compatible shooting, observation and filming equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis versatility is particularly useful for shooters who want to move between a rifle setup, spotting equipment and a camera without carrying separate tripods for each task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eTwist-Lock Carbon Fibre Legs\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eQuiet twist-lock leg adjustments allow the Infinite XT to be deployed quickly and securely while minimising unnecessary noise in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe legs can be positioned at 20°, 45° or 85°, allowing the tripod footprint and shooting height to be adapted to the terrain and the shooter's position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eInfinite XT vs Infinite Carbon Fibre\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe standard DeathGrip Infinite Carbon Fibre is an excellent choice where low minimum height and reduced carrying weight are priorities. The Infinite XT is designed for shooters who want greater maximum height and faster vertical adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe XT adds a 10-inch centre post and extends to approximately 72\", compared with approximately 59.5\" for the standard Infinite. This makes the XT particularly useful for taller shooters and situations where the tripod height needs to be changed frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIf maximum portability and very low positioning are the priority, the standard Infinite Carbon Fibre has advantages. If greater standing height and rapid height adjustment are more important, the Infinite XT is the stronger choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Infinite XT\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e1250949\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre shooting tripod\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 6.6 lb \/ 3.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMinimum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCentre Post\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e10\" rapid-adjustment centre post\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTwist lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Angles\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e20°, 45° and 85°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eArca-Swiss compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eShooting, glassing and filming\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCarry Case\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Should Choose the Infinite XT?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Infinite XT is particularly well suited to taller shooters, users who frequently change shooting height and anyone wanting one premium tripod for shooting, glassing and filming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIts combination of a 72-inch maximum height, rapid centre-post adjustment, Arca-Swiss compatibility and carbon-fibre construction makes it especially capable for mobile field use where versatility is more important than having the absolute lightest possible setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat does XT add to the BOG DeathGrip Infinite?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe key XT upgrade is the 10-inch centre post. This provides rapid one-touch height adjustment and increases the maximum working height to approximately 72 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG DeathGrip Infinite XT?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBOG specifies an adjustable height range of approximately 20\" to 72\", making it particularly suitable for taller shooters and standing setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow much does the DeathGrip Infinite XT weigh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe carbon-fibre Infinite XT weighs approximately 6.6 lb, or around 3.0 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs the DeathGrip Infinite XT Arca-Swiss compatible?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its Arca-Swiss compatibility allows it to be used with compatible shooting, glassing and filming equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the Infinite XT use twist-lock legs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The carbon-fibre legs use twist locks designed for quick, quiet and secure adjustment in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat leg angles does the Infinite XT have?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe legs can be positioned at 20°, 45° and 85° to accommodate different shooting positions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs a carry case included?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The BOG DeathGrip Infinite XT is supplied with a carry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587312460150,"sku":"SPTM-214845","price":679.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/214845_01_1.jpg?v=1774963202"},{"product_id":"bog-death-grip-bantam-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Bantam Clamping Tripod Shooting Stick - Black\/Grey","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Bantam Clamping Tripod Shooting Stick brings the secure, hands-free support of the DeathGrip system into a smaller and significantly lighter tripod. Weighing just over 3 lb and adjusting from approximately 20\" to 42\", the Bantam is designed for shooters who prioritise portability, compact dimensions and stability from sitting or kneeling positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional shooting sticks where the firearm simply rests on top, the Bantam uses a dual-action DeathGrip clamping head to securely support the firearm. Non-marring rubber inserts provide secure contact while helping protect the firearm's finish, allowing it to remain supported hands-free once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe head provides 360° pan and up to 120° of tilt, giving the shooter plenty of freedom to adjust aim and track movement without constantly repositioning the complete tripod. Small-diameter aluminium legs, twist locks and large rubber feet complete a compact shooting platform that's particularly easy to transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eIts smaller dimensions also make the DeathGrip Bantam an excellent option for younger shooters or anyone who primarily shoots from sitting and kneeling positions, without limiting the product solely to junior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact BOG DeathGrip clamping tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDual-action Bantam DeathGrip clamping head\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSecure hands-free firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring rubber jaw inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWeighs just over 3 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximately 20\"–42\" height adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° panning head\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUp to 120° of tilt adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick and secure twist-lock legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSmall-diameter aluminium legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge rubber feet for a stable platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact size for easier carrying and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for sitting and kneeling shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Bantam Clamping Head\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam uses a dual-action DeathGrip head that securely clamps around the firearm rather than requiring it to be continuously balanced on top of conventional shooting sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eNon-marring rubber inserts provide secure contact while helping protect the firearm's finish. Once the clamp is adjusted, the firearm can remain supported hands-free while waiting, observing or preparing for a shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Lightweight Design\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Bantam has been designed specifically to reduce the bulk and weight associated with a full-size clamping shooting tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eAt just over 3 lb, it is considerably easier to carry between shooting positions and takes up less room when transported or stored. This makes it particularly attractive to mobile shooters who don't require the standing height of a full-size DeathGrip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e360° Pan \u0026amp; 120° Tilt\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam's head provides 360° of horizontal panning movement, allowing the shooter to track across a wide area without picking up and repositioning the complete tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eUp to 120° of tilt adjustment provides additional freedom when aiming across changing elevations or setting up on uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e20\"–42\" Height Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Bantam adjusts from approximately 20 inches to 42 inches high. Rather than trying to provide the full standing height of a conventional DeathGrip tripod, its dimensions are optimised for a smaller, lighter package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis height range makes the Bantam particularly well suited to sitting and kneeling shooting positions as well as lower-profile field setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBantam vs Full-Size DeathGrip\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe major difference is size and weight. A full-size BOG DeathGrip provides considerably greater maximum height and is the better choice where standing shots are required regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam sacrifices that standing height in favour of a much smaller and lighter package. It retains the key DeathGrip advantage of secure clamping support while being easier to carry and particularly well suited to sitting and kneeling positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eChoose the Bantam if portability and compact dimensions are the priority. Choose a full-size DeathGrip if you require a tripod capable of comfortably supporting standing shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Bantam\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping tripod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20\"–42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eJust over 3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDual-action DeathGrip Bantam clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eUp to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eJaw Inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eNon-marring rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTwist lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLarge rubber feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Is the DeathGrip Bantam For?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Bantam is an excellent choice for shooters who want genuine DeathGrip clamping support without the size and weight of a full-height tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIt is particularly suitable for sitting and kneeling shooting, mobile field use and situations where equipment needs to remain compact. Its reduced height and weight can also make it a practical choice for younger shooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip Bantam clamp the firearm?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The Bantam uses a dual-action DeathGrip clamping head with non-marring rubber inserts to securely support the firearm hands-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG DeathGrip Bantam?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt adjusts from approximately 20 inches to 42 inches high, making it primarily suited to sitting and kneeling shooting positions rather than full standing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow much does the DeathGrip Bantam weigh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam weighs just over 3 lb, making it substantially lighter and easier to carry than a conventional full-size DeathGrip tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the DeathGrip Bantam rotate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The head provides 360° pan control as well as up to 120° of tilt adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs the BOG DeathGrip Bantam only for junior shooters?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo. Its compact dimensions can make it suitable for younger shooters, but it is equally useful for adult shooters who want a lightweight DeathGrip for sitting, kneeling or mobile field use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Bantam and a full-size DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam is considerably smaller and lighter, with a maximum height of approximately 42 inches. Full-size DeathGrip tripods provide greater standing height, while the Bantam prioritises portability and lower shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587497894262,"sku":"SPTM-207094","price":149.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/207094_01.jpg?v=1774963717"},{"product_id":"bog-camo-death-grip-bantam-realtree-original-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Death Grip Bantam Clamping Tripod Shooting Stick - Realtree Camo","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeathGrip Bantam Clamping Tripod Shooting Stick in Realtree Original combines the compact, lightweight Bantam platform with a camouflage finish designed for field use. It delivers the secure hands-free firearm support of BOG's DeathGrip system in a smaller tripod that's particularly well suited to sitting, kneeling and mobile shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eAt just over 3 lb, the DeathGrip Bantam is substantially lighter and more compact than a full-size DeathGrip tripod. Its adjustable aluminium legs provide an approximate 20\"–42\" working height, making it easy to carry while still providing a stable shooting platform when deployed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe dual-action DeathGrip clamping head securely supports the firearm and uses non-marring rubber inserts to help protect its finish. Once positioned, the firearm can remain supported hands-free rather than having to be continuously balanced on conventional shooting sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThis Realtree Original version adds a classic camouflage finish to the Bantam platform, making it particularly well suited to hunting, pest control and field shooting where a less conspicuous setup is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBOG DeathGrip Bantam compact shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRealtree Original camouflage finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDual-action DeathGrip clamping head\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSecure hands-free firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eClamp rated to support up to 40 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-marring rubber jaw inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWeighs approximately 3.1 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximately 20\"–42\" adjustable height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e360° pan control\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUp to 120° tilt adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick and quiet twist-lock legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact design for easier carrying and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDeathGrip Clamping Head\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam features BOG's dual-action DeathGrip clamping system, allowing the firearm to be securely held rather than simply rested across the top of the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eNon-marring rubber inserts provide secure contact while helping protect the firearm's finish. The clamping system can support up to 40 lb, providing a stable hands-free platform while waiting, observing or preparing for a shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eRealtree Original Camo\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis version of the BOG DeathGrip Bantam features a Realtree Original camouflage finish, giving the compact tripod a traditional field-oriented appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eFor shooters using the Bantam for hunting or pest control, the camouflage finish provides an alternative to the standard solid-colour version while retaining the same compact DeathGrip concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Lightweight\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePortability is one of the biggest advantages of the DeathGrip Bantam. Weighing approximately 3.1 lb, it is substantially easier to carry than BOG's larger full-height DeathGrip tripods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe smaller dimensions make it particularly useful when covering ground, carrying other equipment or working from positions where a full-size tripod would add unnecessary bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e360° Pan \u0026amp; 120° Tilt\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam provides 360° pan control, allowing the supported firearm to be moved horizontally without repeatedly lifting and repositioning the complete tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eUp to 120° of tilt adjustment provides further flexibility when shooting across changing elevations or setting up on uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e20\"–42\" Height Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable aluminium legs provide an approximate working height range of 20 inches to 42 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis makes the Bantam particularly well suited to sitting and kneeling positions. Its smaller dimensions can also make it a practical shooting tripod for younger shooters, without restricting its usefulness to junior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBantam vs Full-Size DeathGrip\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Bantam is designed around portability. Compared with a full-size BOG DeathGrip tripod, it is substantially lighter and more compact but does not provide the same maximum standing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eChoose the Bantam if you mainly shoot sitting or kneeling and want a compact tripod that's easier to carry. A full-size DeathGrip is the better option if standing-height shooting is an important requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeathGrip Bantam Camo\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamping tripod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRealtree Original camouflage\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.1 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20\"–42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDual-action DeathGrip Bantam clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eClamp Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eUp to 40 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eUp to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eJaw Inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eNon-marring rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTwist lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLarge rubber feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBlack Bantam vs Realtree Bantam\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe standard and Realtree Original DeathGrip Bantam models share the same fundamental compact clamping-tripod concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe key reason to choose this model is its Realtree Original camouflage finish. It's the better choice if you prefer a traditional camouflage appearance for hunting and field use, while the standard Bantam provides a more understated solid finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeathGrip Bantam Camo clamp the firearm?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. It features BOG's dual-action DeathGrip clamping head with non-marring rubber inserts, allowing the firearm to remain securely supported hands-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat camouflage pattern does this Bantam use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis model features the Realtree Original camouflage pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow much does the DeathGrip Bantam weigh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt weighs approximately 3.1 lb, making it considerably lighter than BOG's full-size DeathGrip tripods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG DeathGrip Bantam?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable legs provide an approximate height range of 20\" to 42\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the DeathGrip Bantam be used standing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWith a maximum height of approximately 42\", the Bantam is primarily designed for lower shooting positions rather than conventional full standing use. For regular standing shots, a full-size DeathGrip is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs the Bantam only designed for junior shooters?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo. Its smaller dimensions can suit younger shooters, but the Bantam is equally useful for adults wanting a lightweight, portable clamping tripod for sitting and kneeling positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587604849014,"sku":"SPTM-214844","price":169.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/214844_01.jpg?v=1774963937"},{"product_id":"bog-bantam-tripod-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Bantam Tripod Shooting Stick - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG Bantam Tripod Shooting Stick is a compact, lightweight shooting tripod designed for shooters who want dependable support without carrying the bulk of a full-size tripod. Weighing approximately 2.1 lb, the Bantam is particularly well suited to mobile hunting, pest control and field shooting where low weight and easy transport are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eAdjustable from approximately 20\" to 42\", the BOG Bantam is designed primarily around sitting and kneeling shooting positions. Its lightweight aluminium legs use quick and quiet twist locks, allowing the tripod to be deployed and adjusted rapidly when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eAn Arca-Swiss compatible mounting system adds considerable versatility, allowing compatible shooting, glassing and filming equipment to be attached directly to the tripod. The rotating head also provides smooth movement for tracking across a wider area without repeatedly repositioning the legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shooters who don't need the additional weight or clamping system of a DeathGrip, the standard BOG Bantam provides a simple, highly portable alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact BOG Bantam shooting tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWeighs approximately 2.1 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximately 20\"–42\" height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eArca-Swiss compatible mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for shooting, glassing and filming\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRotating head for smooth horizontal tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable head for changing shooting angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFast and quiet twist-lock legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge rubber feet for secure ground contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact and packable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for sitting and kneeling shooting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCompact Lightweight Design\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAt approximately 2.1 lb, the BOG Bantam is designed specifically for shooters who want to minimise the amount of equipment they carry in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIts compact dimensions make it easier to pack, transport and carry between positions than BOG's larger full-height shooting tripods, while still providing a stable three-legged shooting platform when deployed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eArca-Swiss Compatible\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe Bantam uses an Arca-Swiss compatible mounting platform, increasing the range of compatible equipment that can be used with the tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis allows the Bantam to function as a versatile field tripod for compatible shooting equipment, optics and cameras rather than being limited to a single type of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e20\"–42\" Height Range\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe adjustable aluminium legs provide an approximate working height range of 20 inches to 42 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThis compact height range is particularly well suited to sitting and kneeling shooting positions. Shooters who regularly require full standing-height support should instead consider one of BOG's larger tripod models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eQuick \u0026amp; Quiet Twist Locks\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTwist-lock leg adjustments allow the Bantam to be deployed quickly and securely while keeping operation simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe system also allows individual leg lengths to be altered when setting the tripod up across uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBOG Bantam vs DeathGrip Bantam\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe standard BOG Bantam and DeathGrip Bantam are designed around a similar compact, portable concept, but there is an important difference between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeathGrip Bantam adds BOG's clamping head for secure hands-free firearm support. This standard Bantam instead uses an Arca-Swiss compatible mounting system and weighs approximately 2.1 lb, making it the lighter and simpler option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eChoose the standard Bantam if low weight and Arca-Swiss versatility are your priorities. Choose the DeathGrip Bantam if you specifically want BOG's firearm clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBantam\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eCompact tripod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.1 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20\"–42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eArca-Swiss compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTwist lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLarge rubber feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003ePrimary Positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eSitting and kneeling\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Is the BOG Bantam For?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe BOG Bantam is particularly well suited to shooters who cover ground and want to keep their equipment as light and compact as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIts combination of a 2.1 lb weight, compact height range and Arca-Swiss compatibility also makes it useful for shooters who want one portable support for several types of compatible field equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs the BOG Bantam a DeathGrip?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo. This is the standard BOG Bantam tripod rather than the DeathGrip Bantam. It does not use the DeathGrip clamping head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG Bantam use an Arca-Swiss mount?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The Bantam is Arca-Swiss compatible, allowing it to be used with compatible shooting, glassing and filming equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow much does the BOG Bantam weigh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt weighs approximately 2.1 lb, making it a particularly lightweight option within the BOG tripod range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG Bantam?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt has an approximate working height range of 20\" to 42\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the BOG Bantam be used standing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIts 42-inch maximum height means it is primarily intended for sitting and kneeling positions. A full-height BOG tripod is more suitable for regular standing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat's the difference between the Bantam and DeathGrip Bantam?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe standard Bantam prioritises low weight and Arca-Swiss compatibility, while the DeathGrip Bantam adds BOG's clamping head for hands-free firearm support and is consequently heavier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587615203702,"sku":"SPTM-214843","price":124.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/214843_01.jpg?v=1774964189"},{"product_id":"bog-deadshot-monopod-shooting-stick","title":"BOG Deadshot Monopod Shooting Stick - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align:center; padding:10px 0 6px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bog\" style=\"color:#2f2f2f; text-decoration:none; font-weight:600; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n    Looking for a different BOG shooting stick? View all BOG Shooting Sticks →\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .bf-product-description {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2f2f2f;\n  }\n\n  .bf-product-description p {\n    margin: 0 0 16px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-key-heading {\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    margin: 26px 0 9px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.55;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 0 0 24px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-feature-list li {\n    margin-bottom: 3px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion {\n    border-top: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dedede;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary {\n    position: relative;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    font-size: 13px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    letter-spacing: .45px;\n    text-transform: uppercase;\n    padding: 17px 42px 17px 4px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 8px;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 14px;\n    text-align: center;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .bf-accordion-content {\n    font-size: 14px;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    padding: 3px 4px 20px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 14px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td {\n    padding: 7px 0;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .bf-spec-table td:first-child {\n    width: 42%;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    padding-right: 15px;\n  }\n\n  .bf-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    margin-bottom: 3px !important;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .bf-accordion summary {\n      font-size: 12px;\n      padding: 16px 38px 16px 2px;\n    }\n\n    .bf-accordion summary::after {\n      right: 5px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bf-product-description\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eThe BOG DeadShot Monopod Shooting Stick is a lightweight and highly portable shooting support designed for quick deployment in the field. Its single-leg design provides additional stability without the weight and bulk of a bipod or tripod, making it an excellent choice for mobile hunting, pest control and range use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable aluminium leg, the DeadShot Monopod adjusts from approximately 25\" to 64\", providing a broad working range for different shooting positions. The twist-lock adjustment system allows the height to be changed quickly while keeping the design compact and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eAt the top is BOG's USR shooting yoke, providing a supported resting point for the firearm while still allowing it to be lifted or repositioned quickly. A rubberised shooting yoke helps provide secure contact, while the foam-covered grip makes the monopod comfortable to carry and handle in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shooters who want a simple BOG shooting stick that's quick to deploy and easy to carry, the DeadShot Monopod provides an affordable alternative to larger bipod and tripod systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bf-key-heading\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"bf-feature-list\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight BOG DeadShot monopod shooting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSingle-leg design for maximum portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eApproximately 25\"–64\" adjustable height range\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBOG USR shooting yoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRubberised yoke for secure firearm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTwist-lock height adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFoam-covered grip for comfortable handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact design for easy transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick to deploy and reposition\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mobile field shooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eBOG USR Shooting Yoke\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeadShot Monopod uses BOG's USR shooting yoke to provide a stable resting point for the firearm's forend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eUnlike a DeathGrip, this is a conventional shooting rest rather than a clamping system. This allows the firearm to be lifted away or repositioned immediately, which can be particularly useful when shooting situations change quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e25\"–64\" Height Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWith an approximate adjustment range of 25 inches to 64 inches, the BOG DeadShot Monopod can be configured for a variety of shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe broad height range makes it suitable for lower positions as well as standing use, while the monopod format allows height and position to be changed rapidly in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe main advantage of a monopod is portability. With only a single aluminium leg, the DeadShot is significantly less bulky than a conventional shooting tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIt is particularly useful when covering ground or when a shooter wants additional support without carrying a larger tripod system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eTwist-Lock Adjustment\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe telescopic aluminium leg uses twist-lock adjustment, allowing the overall height to be altered quickly to suit the shooting position and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eThe simple mechanism also helps keep the DeadShot compact when collapsed for carrying or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eMonopod vs Bipod vs Tripod\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA monopod is the lightest and quickest option, providing additional firearm support while remaining exceptionally easy to carry and reposition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eA bipod provides greater lateral stability through its two-leg design, while a tripod offers the greatest overall stability and can provide a more planted shooting platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eChoose the DeadShot Monopod if portability and speed are your priorities. Consider a BOG bipod or tripod if maximum stability is more important than carrying weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"bf-spec-table\"\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eDeadShot\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eMonopod shooting stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25\"–64\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFirearm Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eBOG USR shooting yoke\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eLeg Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eTelescopic twist lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eGrip\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003ctd\u003eFoam covered\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWho Is the DeadShot Monopod For?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe DeadShot Monopod is particularly well suited to shooters who value speed and portability over the additional stability provided by a larger tripod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003eIts lightweight single-leg design makes it useful for mobile hunting and pest control, while the wide height adjustment range provides flexibility across different shooting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"bf-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"bf-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eDoes the BOG DeadShot Monopod clamp the firearm?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo. The DeadShot Monopod uses a conventional BOG shooting yoke. The firearm rests in the yoke and can be lifted or repositioned immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eHow tall is the BOG DeadShot Monopod?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt adjusts from approximately 25 inches to 64 inches, providing a wide range of shooting heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eCan the DeadShot Monopod be used standing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. Its maximum height of approximately 64 inches allows it to be used for standing shooting as well as lower positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eIs the DeadShot Monopod aluminium?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. It uses a durable aluminium leg to provide a good balance between strength and portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhy choose a monopod instead of a tripod?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA monopod is considerably quicker and less bulky to carry and reposition. A tripod provides greater stability, but the DeadShot Monopod is better suited to shooters prioritising mobility and fast deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp class=\"bf-faq-question\"\u003eWhat colour is this BOG DeadShot Monopod?\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis model is finished in Black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57587635323254,"sku":"SPTM-207089","price":39.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/files\/207089_01.jpg?v=1774964413"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0983\/7169\/9062\/collections\/game_bag_cover_6b8be6ec-40e6-4b32-a09e-42b023be5ad6.png?v=1779368155","url":"https:\/\/bamfordsonline.co.uk\/collections\/croots.oembed?page=20","provider":"Bamfords","version":"1.0","type":"link"}